Home

PTQ-PDPMV1 - Schneider Electric

Contents

1. 3 5 3 Alarm Mailbox Function Block GETALARMS Trigger Byte Description The GETALARMS mailbox is used to read the alarm mailbox messages sent by the module The module will automatically generate the alarm mailboxes after it receives the alarm message from the PROFIBUS slave Therefore no triggers are required for this mailbox ProSoft Technology Inc Page 65 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The last alarm received is copied at the LastA arm output pin This is a data structure that contains all alarm information Name v Value Type LastAlarm ALARMELEMENT SlaveAddress BYTE SlotNumber BYTE SeqNumber BYTE SpecAck BYTE AlamType BYTE ExtDiag BYTE E FaultInfo ARRAY O 1 OF BYTE ByteCount BYTE H Data ARRAY 0 127 OF WORD This function block also keeps track of the last 100 alarms through the HistAlarm output pin For example if the module receives 100 alarms first alarm Sequence Number 1 second alarm Sequence Number 2 and so on after alarm 100 is received the processor application could refer to these alarms stored at the following output pins Last Alarm Alarm 100 HistAlarm 1 Alarm 99 HistAlarm 2 Alarm 98 HistAlarm 3 Alarm 97 HistAlarm 4 Alarm 96 HistAlarm 5 Alarm 95 HistAlarm 6 Alarm 94 HistAlarm 7 Alarm 93 HistAlarm
2. In W StationStatus GETLIVELISTIN ARRAY 0 127 OF BYTE StationStatus 0 BYTE StationStatus 1 BYTE StationStatus 2 BYTE StationStatus 3 BYTE StationStatus 4 Stations tatus 5 StationStatus 6 StationStatus 7 StationStatus 8 StationStatus 9 StationStatus 11 StationStatus 10 StationStatus 12 StationStatus 13 StationStatus 1 4 StationStatus 15 coco e oe COCO eR OO mR Oo mw ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 53 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL 3 2 Function Blocks Operation Overview Function blocks define software components or modules that perform a specific function Each function block has its own pre defined set of inputs and outputs The function blocks provided with the PTQ PDPMV1 module contains the logic to handle PROFIBUS acyclic mailbox messages and alarms It transfers data between the main output input mailbox arrays and the corresponding slave devices The PTQ PDPMV1 module is ready to receive a mailbox message from the processor when all Function blocks have been called in the main program which is provided in the sample PTQPDPMY1_Sample MAST PTQPDPM 1_MAILVAR GetConfig Out GetContig PTOPDPMV41_STATOUT PTOPDPMY1_MAILOUT
3. FE PE rail PROFIBUS DP cable G equipotential bonding minal conductor gt 16 mm2 Grounding and Shielding for Systems without Equipotential Bonding Note Grounding and shielding is to be carried out the same as for systems with equipotential bonding If this is not possible because of system or construction specific reasons however use distributed ground with a capacitive coupling of high frequency interference signals This representation shows distributed grounding with capacitive coupling Main switching cabinet Bror aa Substation 1 Substation n DP master FE PE rail PROFIBUS DP cable G Capacitive by pass terminal Page 222 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference 9 7 Supported PROFIBUS Services PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following table lists all available services according to the PROFIBUS specification Service PROFIBU Master Class 1 Master Class 2 S Version Request Response Request Response DDLM_Data Exchange DPVO Yes No DDLM_Set_Prm DPVO Yes No DDLM_Chk_cfg DPVO Yes No DDLM Slave Diag DPVO Yes No DDLM_Global_Control DPVO Yes No DDLM_Get_Cfg DPVO Yes DDLM_Set_Slave_Add DPVO Yes DDLM_Read_Input DPVO No DDLM_Read_Output DPVO No DDLM_Get_Master_Diag DPVO Yes DDLM_Start_Seq DPVO No No DDLM_Download DPVO
4. Page 56 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 3 3 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following section provides examples of data structure groupings Derived Function Blocks Overview The Unity Pro XL programming language for Schneider Electric Automation Quantum processors support user defined function blocks DFB The user function block types Derived Function Blocks are developed by the user using one or more languages according to the number of sections These languages are Ladder language Structured Text language Instruction List language Functional block language FBD A DFB type can have one or more instances where each instance is referenced by a name symbol and possesses DFB data types Derived Function blocks defined by Unity Pro XL software are entities containing Input and output variables acting as an interface with the application A processing algorithm that operates input variables and completes the output variables Private and public internal variables operated by the processing algorithm 3 3 1 Using the Derived Function Blocks To simplify programming procedures ProSoft Technology has included a Unity Pro XL XFM Functional Module used for communication with the PTQ PDPMV1 module The Functional Module provides easy access to the master s cyclic and acyclic data Specific mailbox acyclic commands ar
5. ProSoft Technology Inc Page 83 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 Select User Defined with as the delimiter and leave all other options unselected Click OK Text delimited import settings x Separator setting User defined Space Tab Cancel Help 3 Navigate to the TXT file you exported in Step 1 located in C project DFB and then click OK to import the variables Select Source File 2 x File name Folders OK txt c project dib si Cancel PTQ PD 1 TXT 4 JE cS j gt PROJECT Network List files of type Drives tet J amp 4 4 When the import procedure is completed click OK to dismiss the Import Status message box Import Status x Import successfully completed 0 Errors 0 Warmings 100 f Help To view the variables that were created during this procedure open the Project menu and then choose Variable Declarations The following illustration shows a variable for Slave Diagnostics PTQPDPMV1_SLDG which is an optional selection Refer to PTQ Input and Output Data Blocks for detailed information on the structure of these blocks and how they are affected by various configuration options Page 84 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP
6. Master HSBY ProSoft Technology Inc Page 27 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 5 Double click the PROFIBUS Master icon in the Bus Configuration window This action opens the Master Properties dialog box properties MVI56 xi il Group properties PROFIBUS Bus parameter Configuration title Bus Configuration 1 Name MVI56 Comment m 70 data area Addressing mode Byte Storage format Motorola big endian Offset input 0 Length 1536 Offset output 0 Length 1536 Cancel Help o On the Common tab name your PROFIBUS drop The name should match the module name from step 4 in this procedure 6 On the PROFIBUS tab select the Address Baud rate and the Profile o Address is the PROFIBUS address for the module The default value is 1 o Baud rate is the speed at which the module can send and receive data The default value is 1500 kBit sec o Profile The correct profile setting is DP as a Single Master ii HSBY Note The correct profile setting for HSBY Master is DP however the Hot Standby check box will be checked The minimum baud for Hot Standby module to switchover within 300 ms with an average processor scan time of 100ms is 1500Kbits second 7 Click OK to save your changes and return to the Bus Configuration window The next step is to install the GSD configuration files for the PROFIBUS slaves yo
7. rolalk PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Application Reference Guide May 30 2007 ProSoft TECHNOLOGY Please Read This Notice Successful application of this module requires a reasonable working knowledge of the Schneider Electric Quantum hardware the PTQ PDPMV1 Module and the application in which the combination is to be used For this reason it is important that those responsible for implementation satisfy themselves that the combination will meet the needs of the application without exposing personnel or equipment to unsafe or inappropriate working conditions This manual is provided to assist the user Every attempt has been made to assure that the information provided is accurate and a true reflection of the product s installation requirements In order to assure a complete understanding of the operation of the product the user should read all applicable Schneider Electric documentation on the operation of the Schneider Electric hardware Under no conditions will ProSoft Technology be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of the product Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission from ProSoft Technology is prohibited Information in this manual is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of ProSoft Technology Improvements and or changes in this
8. 10 Install the GSD Files 28 Install the Module 10 Index Install the ProTalk Module in the Quantum Rack 10 Installation 210 Installing MDC Configuration Files 75 Introduction 207 Is a MDC available for configuration of the Module 229 K Keystrokes 180 L LED indicators 163 LED Status Indicators Front of PTQ module 7 174 Limitations 143 Mailbox Message Acyclic Data Read Class 1 126 Mailbox Message Acyclic Data Write Class 1 127 Mailbox Message Alarm Indication 61 129 Mailbox Message Get Live List 124 Mailbox Message Get Slave Configuration 121 Mailbox Message Get Slave Diagnostics 119 Mailbox Message Set Operating Mode 131 Mailbox Message Set Slave Address 122 Mailbox Message Set Slave Mode 116 Mailbox Message Queuing 113 Mailbox Messaging 22 53 56 59 64 100 113 Mailbox Messaging Error Codes 68 120 122 124 134 Mailbox Overview 64 100 Main Menu 180 Mapping the Backplane Extensions 143 Master address TS 163 Master Slave Communication Phases 195 Master Slave Polling 195 Message Information 117 120 122 123 125 126 128 134 Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity and IEC Logic 139 Module Status Indicators 177 N Navigation 179 New HSBY Input Status Data Word Details 154 Normal Operation 196 Page 236 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 20
9. The actual variable name will depend on the module name configured by the user at PCB These data type names are considering the default module name PTQPDPMV1 4 11 3 Trigger Register The mailbox requests are initiated by the trigger register INT that is defined as an input output pin The mailbox request is initiated after the application moves a value of 1 to the trigger register The current value of all mailbox triggers for you application must be equal to 0 in order to perform a mailbox request If you are using more than one mailbox function block you must add a program code to guarantee that this condition is satisfied Therefore a mailbox function block is only allowed to send a new mailbox request after the processor receives the confirmation that the previous mailbox request was acknowledged by the module This condition is determined by checking the status of all trigger registers O OK It also prevents an attempt to send more than one mailbox request in a single PLC scan The following table shows the trigger registers used for each mailbox function block File Name Description Trigger ACCREAD ASC Acyclic Read Mailbox AcRead ACCWRITE ASC Acyclic Write Mailbox AcWrite Page 96 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master File Name Description Trigger GETALARM ASC Ala
10. gt Sto PTOPDPM 4_KHS_Out_Stat StatOut gt PTOPDPMV4_KHS_Out_Stat PTOPDPMV4_KHS_Out_Mail D gt ilOut i PTOPDPMV1_KHS_Qut_Mail q PTOQPDPM 1_KHS_In_Mail gt i LF aultinfo s p PTOPDPM 1_KHS_In_Stat gt C gt EXTF ault i SlaveNumberOQUT gt SlveNumb SlaveNum SlaveNumberlN ja m Page 106 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following illustration shows that when you execute the mailbox command Slave 4 and Slave 13 will Start stop communicating with the master E RDE Template NEWTEST RDE Animation OFF o x Variable Name Data Type Address Set Value Format BYTE BYTE SlaveNumberOUT 4 BYTE SlaveNumberOUT 13 BYTE 4 12 11 Coldboot Mailbox Important The Coldboot mailbox is only supported on PTQ PDPMV 1 modules running firmware version 1 19 or newer Earlier versions of the firmware do not support this feature If you require this functionality please contact ProSoft Technical Services for information on how to upgrade your module Function Block COLDBOOT Trigger Byte ColdBoot Description The COLDBOOT function block allows you to remotely reboot the module To trigger a reboot the module change the value of the Cldboot bit from OFF zero to ON one The bit is reset back to OFF when the function is executed a1 Main lof x
11. lt 33Tbits Pe Header Bytes Output Data Bytes 1 1bits byte J 11 255 Tbit 7 REQUEST Header Output Data Tar Twr RESPONSE Header Input Data be To fyn ale Header Bytes Input Data Bytes 11bits byte jay TELEGRAM CYCLE WITH RELEVANT BUS TIMES Timing of 1 Message Cycle Tuc Tsr Tsor Tae T1p Tio Note that the slave has a Min_Slave_Interval of 100us and this dominates the bus timing for one telegram cycle However the Min_Slave_Interval is 100us between two polling cycles at the same station If you have at least 3 stations present then the actual transmission time at 12MB will become the determining time factor for the bus cycle rather than the Min_Slave_Interval Refer to the EN50170 standard for a more detailed calculation of transmission time Reference INTRODUCTION TO PROFIBUS DP ACROMAG INCORPORATED 9 10 Using Multiple PTQ PDPMV1 Modules with Concept If your application requires more than one PTQ PDPMV1 module for a single Quantum processor you must manually merge the exported DTY files for each module into a single DTY file The only difference between the DTY files for each module is the PROFIBUS data types input and output that define the data associated to configured slaves If you have already exported the processor files for the first modules C project DFB repeat the following steps for each additional module to include in the Concept project 1
12. 3 Open the PLC menu and then choose Connect This action opens a connection between the Unity Pro XL software and the processor using the address and media type settings you configured in the previous step On the PLC menu choose Transfer Project to PLC This action opens the Transfer Project to PLC dialog box If you would like the PLC to go to Run mode immediately after the transfer is complete select check the PLC Run after Transfer check box PC Project Overwritten PLC Project Name Station Name Station Version joa Version foot Last Build September 25 2006 3 37 26 PM Last Build September 25 2006 3 37 26 PM Click the Transfer button to download the project to the processor As the project is transferred Unity Pro XL reports its process in a Progress dialog box with details appearing in a pane at the bottom of the window When the transfer is complete place the processor in Run mode 3 1 6 Verify Communication between the Processor and the Module In this step you will verify that the processor and the PTQ module are communicating with each other over the backplane The sample project includes an animation table called MailBox Commands When the processor and the PTQ module are communicating the values in this animation table are updated in real time gt To verify communication between the processor and the module 1 2 3 Place the processor in Run mode if you have not already done so In
13. 40 to 185 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 non condensing LED Indicators Module Status Backplane Transfer Status Serial Port Activity LED Serial Activity and Error LED Status Master Status Operations Network Drop Communication Master Token Hold Master database configuration Configuration Serial Port DB 9M PC Compatible PRT1 RS 232 only No hardware handshaking Configuration Ethernet Port RJ45 Connector Link and Activity LED indicators PROFIBUS Master Port DB 9F Optically Isolated RS 485 Ready Run Error and Token LED Indicators 9 1 5 Functional Specifications Easy to use drag and drop Busview configuration interface via ProSoft Configuration Builder software see PSW PCB Datasheet Monitor Modify of process data and DPV1 acyclic data with online slave diagnostics Supports PROFIBUS PA slaves on the network through DP PA coupler or link Supports up to 125 slave devices with repeaters Supports extended diagnostic data DPV1 Supports all standardized baud rates up to 12 Mbits s Auto baud detection at all valid PROFIBUS DPV1 rates Supports PROF Idrive 3 1 compliant parameter read and write operations Supports Sync and Freeze commands Alarm indications and confirmations handling DPV1 Supports Multicast and Broadcast telegrams DPV1 CRC checksum determination of slave configuration consistency to processor PROFIBUS DPV1 master comDTM software gateway included see PSW CDTM PDPM datasheet H
14. Bits 12 13 reserved for future use 1172 IW1172 72 Bits 8 11 Error code if bit 14 set 1 Queue full 2 Memory Allocation error 3 invalid operating mode command Bits 0 7 contain the operation code requested 0x40 S top 0x80 Clear 0xC0 Operate 1173 to 1450 W1173 to 73 450 Incoming Slave 6 byte Diagnostics data for 126 slaves 378 IW1450 words of data for slaves 0 to 125 Page 198 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 1451 to N W1451 to 451 to N PROFIBUS Input Data Data received from the PROFIBUS IWN slaves devices on the network Total size of the PROFIBUS Input data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 728 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Input data block PTQ Output Data Block without Mailbox Messaging and with Slave Diagnostics 774 words maximum Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 3000 MW3000 0 Set Operating Mode New Bit 15 Handshake if equal to Input word 72 Bit 15 then module has control of word and if not then module has processed request Bits 8 14 reserved for future use Bits 0 7 contain the operation code 0x40 Stop 0x80 Clear 0xC0 Operate 3001 MW 3001 1 Reserved 3
15. Frame count 0100h 0100h Frame number 0100h 0100h Offset high Offset low 0000h 0000h Slave Address Error Code 2 Error Code 1 Error Code 4 Error Code 3 Extended word 1 Address Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 121 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Extended word 7 hes ene Return Code Fault Information Extended word 8 Identifier byte 1 Response data byte 1 Identifier byte 2 Response data byte 2 Identifier byte 3 Response data byte 3 Identifier byte n Response data byte n Message Information Refer to Message Information page 134 Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the slave to read the configuration from Error Code 1 4 If Return Code equals 3080h Negative indication from lower layer status values according to the DP specification may be available in Error Code 1 Error Codes 2 through 3 are reserved Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 133 Return Code Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 133 Fault Information If Invalid other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Refer to Message Information page 134 0100h Address out of range OAOOh Failed to execute request Refer to Return Codes page 134 for additio
16. PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master R Receiving Mailbox Message Responses from module 132 Redisplaying the Menu 181 186 Reference 7 189 Return Codes 120 122 124 127 129 131 134 Returning to the Main Menu 186 187 RS 232 Configuration Debug Port 218 S Set Module Parameters 19 Set Up the Project 17 Set_Param SAP61 32 SetOperatingMode Mailbox 69 105 SetSlaveAddress Mailbox 69 105 SetSlaveMode Mailbox 70 106 Setting Up the Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity System 142 Setup General Unity Pro XL Project Settings 46 Slave Diagnostics 22 Slave List Structure for Offset Words 13 21 and 29 202 Slave status 159 Slave watchdog time WD_Factor1 amp 2 162 Slot Number 20 Software Requirements Minimum 210 Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands 59 114 Specific Input Pins 62 97 Specific Output Pins 62 97 Standby to Offline 5 146 Standby to Primary 3 145 Start Here 7 9 Start Stop Slaves Mailbox 106 StartStopSlaves Mailbox 70 Start up 148 State Description 144 Step 1 Exporting the Files from PCB 73 76 Step 2 Convert the Function Blocks 74 78 Step 3 Setup the Concept Project 74 81 Step 4 Import the Variables 74 83 Step 5 Create the Function Block Instances e 74 86 Step 6 Download the Concept Project 74 92 Support Service amp Warranty
17. Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Reference Quantum Unity Word Name Description Address Address Offset Example Example 1067 to IW1060 67to72 Reserved Reserved for future use 1072 to IW 1072 1073 IW1073 73 In mailbox queue count Number of message in the in mailbox queue 1074 IW1074 74 Out mailbox queue umber of message in the out mailbox queue count 1075 IW1075 75 Alarm queue count umber of message in the alarm queue 1076 IW1076 76 Last out mailbox The module confirms the receipt of a mailbox by copying its message ID processed ID code Message ID to this register from output image 1077 IW1077 77 Current in mailbox ncremented after the module has transferred a new mailbox control index response to the processor 1078 IW1078 78 Current alarm control Incremented after the module has transferred a new alarm to index the processor PTQ Output Data Block Quantum Address Unity Address Relative Word Description Example Example Offset 3000 MW 3000 0 Last in Mailbox Message ID 3001 MW3001 1 Last Alarm Control index 3002 to 3003 MW 3002 to 2 PROFIBUS CRC32 Computed for MW 3003 PROFIBUS Config 3004 to 3005 MW 3004 to 4 Module CRC32 computed for module data MW 3005 When the module first starts up or recognized an initialization of the processor it will compare the values of the two CRCs in the input and output images If either one of the CRCs
18. 1 WD_Fact_1 2 WD_Fact_2 3 MinTSDR 4 Ident_Number_High 5 Ident_Number_Low 6 Group_Ident 7 Spec_User Prm_Byte 8 to 243 User_Prm_Data Page 32 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Byte7 Spec_User_Prm_Byte Bit Name Significance Default State 0 Dis_Startbit The start bit monitoring in the receiver Dis _Startbit 1 is Switched off with this bit That is start bit monitoring is switched off 1 Dis_Stopbit Stop bit monitoring in the receiver is Dis_Stopbit 0 switched off with this bit That is stop bit monitoring is not switched off 2 WD_Base This bit specifies the time base used WD_Base 0 to clock the watchdog That is the time base is 10 ms WD_Base 0 time base 10 ms WD_Base 1 time base 1 ms 3 to 4 Res To be parameterized with 0 0 5 Publisher Enable DXB publisher functionality of the Publisher_Enable 0 DXB request SPC3 is activated with this bit telegrams are ignored Publisher Enable 1 DXB request telegramme are processed 6 to7 Res To be parameterized with 0 0 2 3 3 Export the Processor Memory Map The import file PTQ_PDPMV1 XSY for Unity or PTQ_PDPMV1 DTY for Concept that you create in this step uses the information in the Processor Memory Map to build the derived data tags for the slave devices on your PROFIBUS network These tags allow the program running on the processor to ac
19. 186 Viewing the Previous Page of Data 185 186 Viewing the WATTCP CFG File 185 Viewing Version Information 182 W What is DTM 209 What is FDT 207 What is PROFIBUS 209 Why use PROFIBUS comDTM 207 Word offset 60 HSBY Active Master Status data 154 Word offset 61 HSBY Passive Master Status data 154 Page 238 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007
20. 301079 Mailbox Manox 301223 Output Input Profibus Profibus Data Data ProSoft Technology Inc Page 21 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Refer to PTQ Input Data Block page 196 for detailed information on the contents of these blocks and a discussion of how various configuration options change the layout of these blocks Input Byte Swap Swap bytes in output image Yes No The default value is No This is a user configured flag to indicate if input data is swapped before placing in the input image for the controller If 0 no swapping If not 0 then swap bytes For more information on byte swapping please refer to Input Block Status Data Details page 201 Output Byte Swap Swap bytes in output image Yes No The default value is No This is a user configured flag to indicate if output data is swapped after receiving from the output image of the controller If 0 no swapping If not 0 then swap bytes Mailbox Messaging Use mailbox messaging over the backplane Y N with Y default For this example leave the setting at its default For more information on the effect of this setting please refer to Mailbox Messaging page 112 Slave Diagnostics Get slave diagnostic data Y N with N default For this example leave the setting at its default If you change the default value of this setting and the previous one Mailbox Messaging from their defa
21. I i FBI_1_1 1 f i SETCRC StatOut SiatOut Statin PTOPDPMV1_Out_Statl gt PTOPDPMV1_In_Statl gt gt PTOPDPMV4_Out_Stat SETOFMD SetOper SetOper SetClear SetClear SetStop SetStop StatOut StatOut MailOut MailOut Mailln Mode ConfReq1 Faultint gt PTOPDPMV4_Qut_Stat gt PTOPDPMV1_Qut_Mail PTOPDPM 1_Out_StatL gt PTOPDPMV1_Out_Mail gt PTOPDPMV41_In_Mail D gt PTOPDPMV1_In_Statl gt alm gt Now you can create other variables and associate these to the rest of the pins For example to associate a variable to the SetOper input output pin follow the steps below a Double click at the SetOper pin b Choose a variable name this example uses SetOperate and click OK Connect FFB FBI_1_2 SETOPMD x Input SetOper INT fz connect with Variable fe C Direct address Name BetOperate Lookup Variable declaration x Cancel Help Page 90 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master c Click OK to confirm the variable creation Variable Editor ox Type Search Paste Variables Constants Search Replace E ConfirmReg BYTE ConfReq BYTE Faultinfo BYTE2 Model BYTE PTOPDPMY1_IN_DATA PTOPDPMY1_IN_DATAF PTQPDPMY1_In_Mail PTG_IN_MAILBOX PTGPDPMY 1_In_Stat PTG_IN_STATUS 300001 PTQPDPMY1_OUT_DATA PTGPDPMV1
22. Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Mailbox Messaging In This Chapter gt Mailbox Message QUeCUING ee eeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeetnaeeeteneeees 113 gt Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands 114 gt Receiving Mailbox Message Responses from module 132 gt Mailbox Messaging Error Codes ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 133 The PTQ PDPMV1 PROFIBUS DP master uses a protocol called mailbox messaging to exchange parameter data between the processor master and slave devices This protocol provides a way to encapsulate and prioritize commands and data sent between the PROFIBUS Master and slaves This communication method performs a key feature of PROFIBUS version DP V1 called acyclic data communication Acyclic communication extends data communication for parameterization and calibration of field devices over the bus during runtime and for the introduction of confirmed alarm messages Acyclic data is transmitted in parallel with cyclic data communication but with lower priory Cyclic data commutation is the exchange of actual slave I O data and is handled automatically by the master in defined recurring deterministic sequence Mailbox messaging commands are incorporated into the sample ladder logic Mailbox messages and responses to mailbox messages are stored in mailbox data objects The following topics describe the structure of each mailbox message object in the sample prog
23. UDP Message containing passive low byte passive high byte passive CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration and CRC32 checksum for the module configuration Viewing Control Registers Press 3 to view information about the PROFIBUS Master s Control Registers Use this command to view general information about the module such as the firmware version and its serial number The module status contains two possible codes 0400 module is running but not communicating with slaves 0401 running and communicating with slaves If the module is in STOP mode the status code will show as 0400 Viewing Ethernet NIC Configuration Press 4 to view the configuration for the Ethernet Network Interface Card NIC in the module Ethernet NIC Configuration Link Yes Half Dup lex Ethernet NIC Configuration Link Yes AutoNeg On Speed 100M Full Duplex Page 184 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Viewing the WATTCP CFG File Press from the Network Menu Use this command to view the module s IP address settings Exiting the Program Caution Some of the commands available to you from this menu are designed for advanced debugging and system testing only and can cause the module to stop communicating with the processor or with other devices resulting in potential data loss or other failures Only use these command
24. application tells it to do so 7 2 5 Transition Description Offline to Standby 1 The passive master would attain its node address by subtracting one 1 from the address derived from the database For example if the master address in the database equals 2 the passive master would use address 1 If the master address in the database equals 0 it would use address 125 After a switchover it is important that the previously active master does not become passive before the counterpart has switched to active If this statement is not adhered to a dangerous situation with two masters having the same address two passive masters in this case would arise The result of such a situation would be very unpredictable since there is really no way of detecting this situation Offline to Primary 2 See Standby to Primary considerations Standby to Primary 3 It is important that the master becomes active before the watchdog of the slaves expires To allow for this switchover time the watchdog value would have to be extended in the bus parameter settings When the passive master switches to active it would change its node address to the primary address To achieve this the ASPC2 must be reset and reinitialized with the new bus parameter TS Note that it is just the ASPC2 that is reinitialized not the entire master module The state of the PA bit in register HSBY Local status would change to 0 indicating that the Master module n
25. do you want to overwrite WARNING SETOPMD ASC line 134 local datatype file PTQ PD 1 dty does not match datatypes line 134 CP_STR local CRC 13944661 03 03 06 23 29 06 0 errors 1 warnings Elapsed time 23 seconds 7 At Concept Converter click File Exit 4 6 Step 3 Setup the Concept Project 1 Start Concept Version 2 6 2 Open the File menu and then choose New Project 3 Open the File menu again and then click Save Project As 4 Navigate to C project and enter PTQPROJ as the file name Click OK to save the file Save Project As 2 x File name Folders c project a Sa A Cancel a eea Network Save file as type 7 Drives Concept Projects pri v c pe 5 Configure the general settings for your application Select the correct Quantum processor type PLC Selection and other modules that will be located at the Quantum rack 6 In PLC Configuration double click PLC Memory Partition Verify that the number of input registers and output registers are sufficient for your application Note You can view the number of input and output words required for your PTQ PDPMV1 application in the Diagnostics window in ProSoft Configuration ProSoft Technology Inc Page 81 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Builder From the module s configuration debug menu press B to open the Block Transfer Statistics menu Diag
26. gt ExtendedF ault Faultinf F aultinformationS ByteCnt WordCnt GetDiagnostics gt PTQ1_Out_Status gt PTQ1_Out_Mailbox PTQ1_In_Status gt PTQ1_In_Mailbox gt ie AddressDiagin GetDiag GetDiag Byte Counte Word Count Select NOT CONNECTED 4 12 6 GetLiveList Mailbox Function Block GETLIVE Trigger Register GetList Description The GETLIVE function block can be used to read the live list from the module containing the status of each device at the PROFIBUS network The live list is stored at the SlavStat output pin The live list data is an array of bytes stored as follows SlaveStat 0 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 0 SlaveStat 1 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 1 SlaveStat 2 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 2 SlaveStat 3 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 3 SlaveStat 4 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 4 Kite Refer to the User Manual for more information about the valid status codes The RetCode and Faullnf output pins can be used for mailbox status information E Concept C PROJECTPTQPROJ lof x File Edit Yiew Objects Project Online Options Window Help plebaan E eal a1 MAINPTQ FBL1_4 4 GETLIVE GSetLiveList gt GetList GetList C gt GetLiveList PTO1_0ut_Status gt StatOut StatOut gt PTQ1_Out_Status PTOQ41_Out_MailboxE gt MailOut MailOut PTO1_Out
27. ie i Unity signals PTQ ASIC signals PTQ re End of Scan to release data 3 Scan PTQ reads Output data from H Unity into PTQ buffer PTQ writes Output data from PTQ buffer into master ASIC buffer Unity Output H m Data Block Tep i PTQ writes input data lt J from the PTQ into Unity i PTQ Input Unity Input PTQ Module Data Block releases Backplane data buffers Continue Scan Loop 1 i Loop 2 PLC Scan Loop 1 The PLC processor performs cyclic program backplane and network communication tasks for each PLC scan time This time is referred to in this document as Tscan time Refer to the Quantum processor manual for additional PLC cyclic task processing information VW PTQ Output data buffers i SARN i i 4 PTQ reads input data from ASIC master buffer i into PTQ buffer ASIC writes and reads Input Output data to from all slaves per bus cycle time PROFIBUS ASIC data buffers i Loop 3 H Loop 4 Backplane Loop 2 When the processor reaches end of scan EOS the processor provides an interrupt to the PTQ The PTQ locks out the processor and takes control of the Page 224 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 9 9 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master backplane for a period of time to transfer all input and output data described above After the data is transferred the PTQ releases the backplane hook to t
28. is received the function block will reset the trigger s value back to 0 4 11 4 Specific Input Pins Each function block has input pins specifically for each mailbox For example in order to send a Get Diagnostics mailbox the application must set the PROFIBUS slave address input pin The processor program must configure the input pins before performing the mailbox request by moving a value of 1 to the mailbox trigger For a description of each function block input pin you can double click at the function block instance and select Advanced for the comment about each input pin Also refer to the module documentation for detail information about each mailbox parameter 4 11 5 Specific Output Pins Each function block contains output pins that are updated after the mailbox response is received by the processor For example the Get Diagnostics function block has an ExtDiag output pin that stores the diagnostic information received from the slave ProSoft Technology Inc Page 97 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Example If the Set Operating Mode mailbox function block is used as follows al TEST Be x Lac ca a a rian FBI_1_1 1 SETCRC StatOut SiatOut Statin PTOPDPMV1_Out_Stat gt gt PTOQPDPM 1_Out_Stat PTOQPDPM 1_In_Statl gt FBI_1_2 2 SETOFMD SetOperate gt SetOper SetOper SetOper
29. mA No memory card selected xl 256 xiw 15000 Viewer mB No memory card selected 5 To view detailed information about the processor s memory configuration click Viewer The viewer offers tools to view the types of data stored at specific addresses in the processor Make note of memory areas that are already allocated and select an area of contiguous memory that be allocated to the PTQ module MV Modules Variables V Language Legend Address Information HM odules Address few z o GoTo MEL G Module Address Diable Memory Area C ZM Ox C 21 1x E MI LocalBus fj 1 2 140C State Ram vi ProSoft Technology Inc Page 49 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 1 4 Build the Project Whenever you update the configuration of your PTQ module the PROFIBUS network or the processor you must import the changed configuration from the module and then build compile the project before downloading it to the processor Note The following steps show you how to build the project in Unity Pro XL This is not intended to provide detailed information on using Unity Pro XL or debugging your programs Refer to the documentation for your processor and for Unity Pro XL for specialized information gt To
30. odule out mailbox counter 1050 IW1050 50 Incremented at every mailbox requested from the module ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 203 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Word Name Description Address Address Offset Example Example 1051 IW1051 51 Module in mailbox ncremented at every mailbox response sent to the Quantum counter 1052 IW1052 52 Module alarm IND umber of spontaneous alarm messages received from receive counter Slave 1053 IW1053 53 Module alarm CON umber of confirmation messages received from slaves receive counter indicating that the slave received the confirmation message from the PTQ module 1054 IW1054 54 Reserved 1055 IW1055 55 Reserved 1056 IW1056 56 Module backplane read Rollover counter of the number of PTQ to processor count backplane read data transfers 1057 IW1057 57 Module backplane Rollover counter of the number of PTQ to processor write count backplane write data transfers 1058 IW1058 58 Module backplane Rollover counter of the number of PTQ to processor error count backplane data transfers that have failed 1059 IW1059 59 File Error Word This is bit mapped value that indicates which files are not present Bit 0 Problem with PDPMV1 CFG file Bit 1 Problem with WATTCP CFG file Bit 2 Problem with PDPMV1 DDB file Bit 3 Problem with PDPMV1 ZIP file Bits 4 to 15 not used
31. s firmware is updated the module will automatically recognize the 140CPU67160 processor and activate the HSBY functions 2 PCB Anew HSBY icon is displayed within PCB ProSoft Configuration Builder to identify the module as a HSBY unit Sy STE Ee H A Paint Booth f PTQ PDPMVL HSBY Note For specific HSBY instructions pay attention to and follow the new HSBY li icon for special instructions and guidance throughout this manual 3 Important Note on Field Firmware Flash Upgrades All modules having a serial number gt greater than or equal to 1451 having been shipped after 10 20 2005 can be field firmware upgraded These modules have received a new hardware version 1 3 supporting the Hot Standby features All other modules must be returned to the factory for firmware upgrades Caution An attempt to field flash units with serial number 1450 or less require result in corrupt firmware image requiring the unit to be returned to the factory 4 Existing PROFIBUS networks PROFIBUS network baud rates greater than or equal to 500k baud are recommended to obtain a lt 300ms switchover time based on an average processor scan time of 100ms For example the switchover time for a network running 8 slaves utilizing 700 words input cyclic data and 700 words output cyclic data running at 500k baud with a processor scan time of 100ms is around 218ms Please note Hot Standby units will increase the network token time as much as double because of
32. sync time baud rate and other bus delays times for a given number of slaves on the network Setting Up the Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity System 7 2 1 Overview Schneider Electric is a leader in offering fault tolerant redundant systems Hot Standby Setting up a Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system involves a number of processes summarized in the following paragraphs here and explained in detail elsewhere Page 142 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 7 2 2 Mapping the Backplane Extensions A Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity requires two backplanes with at least four slots You must map the two backplanes in an identical manner same Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity HE CPU with integrated coprocessor Copro same firmware o same revision level o same Modicon Quantum power supply module o same Modicon Quantum RIO Head And if other modules are used for example local I Os NOMs NOEs those modules must be identical For additional information on Modicon Quantum Hot Standby Startup support refer to the UnityPro User Guide 7 2 3 PTQ PDPMV1 Hot Standby Considerations Limitations The solution allows for one PTQ module per rack Primary and Standby It will not be possible to install a PTQ in a RIO drop HSBY Operating Modes Generally the user will have full control over the switchover via the co
33. that they occupied on the old one The above method defines a manual approach in creating Quantum processor I O and Function Block import files The PCB will also automatically create these files when the PCB project is saved or closed if the project is not saved then PCB will not export the files You can also generate these files manually from PCB To create the files 1 Open the Project menu and select Project Export Files 2 If you are prompted to overwrite files click Yes File Locations The folder structure implemented for each PCB project ppf is as follows ProSoft Technology Inc Page 37 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master rootdrive PCBExportFiles ppf name Project Name Location Name Module Name The following files will be created in each folder created by PCB rootdrive PCBExportFiles ppf name o Project ppf file ppf rootdrive PCBExportFiles ppf name Project Name Location Name o Concept folder created only for PTQ PDPMV1 modules o Concept dty asc files rootdrive PCBExportFiles ppf name Project Name Location Name Module Name o PROFIBUS xml file modulename ModuleName xml PTQ cfg file cfg o Unity folder created only for PTQ PDPMV1 modules o Unity Unity xml files xsy xfm gsd folder created for all PDPMV1 modules gsd GSD files used for module gsd Concept folder created only for PT
34. 1 HSBY enabled Table 5 HSBY Local status Active and Passive HSBY Master Status data High byte bits 8 to 15 The COM bit would be set to one when the counterpart is present on the network that is ping sequence is successfully running The other bits 8 to 14 are considered valid only when the COM bit equals one If the ping sequence is terminated the COM bit and all other bits 8 to 14 are set to zero All bits would be set to zero at power up and when the HSBY state equals Not connected HSBY Nr of Active slaves byte This byte will indicate the number of slaves accessible to the local master Based on this information the high level system could switch to the master that recognize most slaves Note that this register only contains valid data when the HS bit in register HSBY Local status is set HSBY Nr of Passive slaves byte This byte will indicate the number of slaves accessible to the counter part that is a reflection of the counterparts HSBY Nr of local slaves register Based on this information the high level system could switch to the master that recognize most slaves ProSoft Technology Inc Page 155 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Note that this register only contains valid data when the COM bit in register HSBY Remote status indicates that the counter part is present When the COM bit is cleared this register wo
35. 2 Return Codes Possible error codes in Message Data word Return Code The Return Codes can be byte swapped Return Name Meaning Code 8010h DPMC_ERR_V1C_CLOSED Internal DPMC instance no longer exists 8011h DPMC_ERR_V1C_STOPPED Internal DPMC instance has already been stopped 8012h DPMC_ERR_V1C_STARTED Internal DPMC instance has already been started Page 134 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Return Name Code Meaning 8013h DPMC_ERR_V1C_STATE_UNKNOWN Internal DPMC instance has entered an undefined state 8021h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_ACTIVE A request is already active 8022h DPMC_ERR_V1C_NOT_ALLOWED Internal DPMC module not initialized correctly 8023h DPMC_ERR_V1C_INVALID_PAR Invalid parameter in user request 8024h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MEM_ALLOC Internal memory allocation error 8025h DPMC_ERR_V1C_L2_REQ Unknown opcode in the confirmation 8026h DPMC_ERR_V1C_TIMEOUT 8028h DPMC_ERR_V1C_INVALID_LEN 8030h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_NEG Active request terminated with timeout Invalid length in user request Negative indication from lower layer 8031h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_RE Message frame format error in response 8042h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_WITHDRAW Request was recalled 8043h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_NOT_FOUND Associated request block not found 80C1h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_FE F
36. 8 Alarm 92 HistAlarm 9 Alarm 91 HistAlarm 10 Alarm 90 If the HistoricAlarm buffer is full and it receives a new alarm then the oldest alarm in the queue will be deleted to reserve space for the new alarm The AlarmCount output pin is incremented every time the alarm mailbox is received This register will rollover at 30000 The processor application can keep track of this register to determine when the processor has received a new alarm mailbox message from the module Page 66 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following illustration shows a sample instance of the GetAlarms mailbox function block PTQPDPMV1_Sample MAST 1 GETALARMS PTOQPDPM V1_STATOUT StatOut StatOut PTOPDPMW41_STATOUT PTOQPDPM 1_STATIN StatIN LastAlarm gt P TOPDPMW41_MAILVAR Alarms LastAlarm PTOPDPM 4_ MAILIN IMaillN HistoricAlarm gt P TQPDPM V4_MAILVAR Alarms HistoricAlarm AlarmCounth P FOPDPhV4_MAILVAR Alarms AlarmCount gt gt gt 3 5 4 GetConfiguration Mailbox Function Block GETCFG Trigger Byte GetConfig Description The GETCFG function block can be used to read the configuration of any PROFIBUS slave connected to the PTQ PDPMV1 module The SlaveAddr input pin must be configured with the PROFIBUS slave address of the PROFIBUS device The configuration data is stored at the SlaveData
37. 918 words Page 20 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Input Data Size Number of PROFIBUS input point words Leave this setting at its default value of 768 words Output Data Size Number of PROFIBUS output point words Leave this setting at its default value of 768 words Input Start Register The Input Start Register address refers to the 3x IW location in the processor s State RAM and the Output Start Register refers to 4x MW location of State RAM You can view State RAM information in Unity XL Pro Important The Input and Output Start Register parameters define the start registers for the input and output blocks that are transferred between the processor and the module The PROFIBUS I O associated to the slaves is part of these blocks Refer to PTQ Input and Output Data Blocks for a description Each block contains status PROFIBUS data and Mailbox Slave diagnostics if chosen Output Start Register 4x or MW start register for data from controller A common mistake is to assume that because the Input Start Register parameter starts at address 301000 then the PROFIBUS data associated with the slaves will also start at the same register As the diagram above shows the Input PROFIBUS Data would start at address 301223 for this example Layout of I O blocks Input a 301000 Output 403000 Situs Status
38. AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR BENEFITS RESULTING FROM OR ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR FURNISHING OF EQUIPMENT PARTS OR SERVICES HEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SAME EVEN IF ProSoft OR ITS DEALER S TOTAL LIABILITY EXCEED THE PRICE PAID FOR THE PRODUCT Where directed by State Law some of the above exclusions or limitations may not be applicable in some states This warranty provides specific legal rights other rights that vary from state to state may also exist This warranty shall not be applicable to the extent that any provisions of this warranty are prohibited by any Federal State or Municipal Law that cannot be preempted Contact ProSoft Customer Service at 1 661 716 5100 for more information RMA Procedures In the event that repairs are required for any reason contact ProSoft Technical Support at 1 661 716 5100 A Technical Support Engineer will ask you to perform several tests in an attempt to diagnose the problem Simply calling and asking for a RMA without following our diagnostic instructions or suggestions will lead to the return request being denied If after these tests are completed the module is found to be defective we will provide the necessary RMA number with instructions on returning the module for repair ProSoft Technology Inc Page 233 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Page 2
39. AcyclicRead Out SlaveA SlaveAddress LengthOuth P TOPDPM V1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In Length PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead Out SlotNum iSlotNumber ErrorDecode PTOQPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In Errorbecode PTQPDPMYV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead Out Length jLengthin ErrorCodef PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In ErrorCode PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead Out Inde lIndexin ExtendedF aultinfo PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In ExtF aultinfo Faultinformation PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In F aultinfo PTOPDPhtV4_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In ByteCount gt gt PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In WordCount PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In Index PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In ReadData 120 Page 64 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 5 2 Acyclic Write Mailbox Function Block ACYCLWRITE Trigger Byte Acyclicwrite Description The ACYCLWRITE function block is used to perform an Acyclic Write request to a PROFIBUS slave device The input pins SlaveAddress PROFIBUS slave address SlotNumber slot number IndexIn index number and LengthIn length number of bytes associated to acyclic read operation must be configured before triggering the mailbox request The actual data to be written to the PROFIBUS slave should be associated to the WriteData input pin The status information is available at the o
40. Alliances 170 series 800 Series Ad Add Delete Import Name Value Card ID Card Description Medium Description Long Description Power 5 Power 4 3 Power 5 In Bytes Out Bytes Module Type Doc Only Rack View Bitmap Drop View Bitmap Has Multiple Catalog Number Terminal Strip ProSoft Technology Inc Page 109 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuring the Processor with ProWORX 32 3 Select the SAF File that is located at the CD ROM shipped with the PTQ module Select Import File Q Release J e c E ProtalkQ_v2_0 5AF My Recent Documents E Desktop My Documents My Computer a My Network File name ProtalkG_v2_0 SAF ad Places Files of type Schneider Alliance File saf Cancel 4 Select Open to import the PTQ module profiles select I O series as Quantum Schneider Alliances Schneider Alans BEI BE A SMARAM 1 0 series Module Quantum Series v ie X Add Delete Import Expott Name Card ID Value 0424H Card Description PTQ Medium Description ProtalkQ Communication Module Long Description ProtalkQ Communication Module Power 800 Number of Parameters Used 0 Default Number of Parameters 0 In Bytes 0 Out Bytes 0 Module Type
41. Based upon this information both masters would compare its own CRC value with the one received from the counterpart to determine the state of the DB bit in register HSBY Local status It does not make sense to perform the CRC check in a cyclic manner Instead it would be enough to do it one time when the counterpart has just been detected Page 160 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master FDL Layer Access Ping messages Slave status messages and DPV1 status messages would be communicated over the PROFIBUS network via the FDL layer of the Siemens stack a k a AMPRO2 A unique channel reserved only for Ping and Slave status messages would be opened to the FDL layer This would ensure that no DPV1 class 2 or Live List requests which also use the FDL layer are interfering with the time critical ping slave status sequence Message type and priority Ping messages would be sent as high priority SRD repeat telegrams Slave status messages would be sent as low priority FDL_Status repeat telegrams DPV1 status messages would be sent as low priority SRD single telegrams SAP number SAP 10 would be used for Ping messages SAP 11 would be used for DPV1 status messages No SAP is defined for Slave status messages FDL_Status The following table lists FDL services that would be needed in order to accomplish the HSBY func
42. Bit Name Explanation 0 PA This bit indicates the state of the local master 0 Active master master is controlled by the Primary PLC 1 Passive master master is controlled by the Standby PLC 1 SO This bit indicates if the local master recognizes any of its assigned slaves 0 Atleast one slave is offline 1 All slaves OK Page 154 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Bit Name Explanation 2 CE This bit indicates if the local master has recognized a critical error 0 No critical errors 1 Critical error active This bit is set when problems with the ping sequence are encountered Detailed information about the problem is dumped in the fieldbus specific area at address hF 90 FBC 3 DB This bit indicates if the local master has detected a database mismatch 0 Database OK 1 Database mismatch 4 OD This bit indicates when the data in the Output area of the DPRAM is updated after a switch over 0 Output data is not updated 1 Output data is updated When this bit is set it remains set for the remaining session until the Anybus is either reset or HSBY state changes to Not Connected 5 Not used set to zero 6 Not used set to zero 7 HS This bit indicates that the Hot Standby functionality is enabled 0 HSBY disabled Module operates as stand alone master or HSBY state equals Not Connected
43. CPU 800Kb Program MB MB O pon 140 CPU 534 144 02 00 586 CPU 2 7Mb Program MB MB _ 140 CPU 651 50 02 00 P166 CPU 512Kb Program PCMCIA Ethemet TC 140 CPU 651 60 02 00 P266 CPU 1Mb Program PCMCIA Ethemet TCP 140CPU 67160 02 00 P266 CPU Hot Standby IMb Program PCMCIA 2 The dialog box shows a list of processors that it can configure Choose the processor you are configuring from the list and then click OK to open the Project Browser 3 Inthe Project Browser tree view double click Local Bus to open the Local Bus window Notice that the image in the window shows the processor in the second position in the rack the first position is for the power supply which you will add later In the following steps you will add an image of the PTQ module to the rack in the same position where you physically installed the module Bus 1 140 CPU 434 124 U 02 00 7 Page 46 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 To add devices to the rack double click the location in the rack where the device is installed This action opens the New Device dialog box Address ue Cancel z tee E Local Quantum Drop Local Quantum Drop H Analog El Communication 140 CRP 93x 00 RIG HEAD 908 140 EIA 921 00 AS 1 CHA
44. Concept Ethernet Configuration gt EXECLoader Help f EXECLoader o Hot Standby Help TE Infosr hi ModConnect Tool fy Modsoft Converter P Momentum Help 3 Quantum Help A ReadMe H Simulator 16 Bit p Simulator 32 Bit Page 78 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 Click File lmport Browse the SETCRC ASC file at the C project DFB folder File open 2 x File name Folders OK SETCAC asc c project dfb m Cancel ACCREAD asc E cS Cea ACCWRITE asc GETALARM ase Silene Naoki t ILFL asc GETDIAGN asc GETLIVE ase SETADDRS asc gt List files of type Drives Project DFB asc Sa c After you click OK the following warning message will be displayed Click No DBGEN Warning x different version local DataTypeFile C PROJECTIDFB PTQ PD 1 DTY do you want to overwrite Yes 3 Ifyou use the same filename as the ones PCB generated PTQ PDPMV1_sample you will see the following message DBGEN Warning SS x local datatype file PTQ PD 1 dty does not match datatypes in DFB project restart Converter and click yes to overwrite datatype file OK Click OK to dismiss the warning message SETCRC ASC gt pro x Project SETCRC Action success Errors 0 Wamings 1 100 Beg Next you will see the following message box E message_list a x Fri Feb 09 17
45. Master DP 1 Input Data Size Output Data Size Input Start Register Output Start Register Configuring the Module Slot Number E comment Input Byte Swap Output Byte Swap Mailbox Messaging Slave Diagnostics slot number in the rack Reset Tag Reset All Cancel Note The values you enter for the purpose of this example configuration are used by the sample program that you will download to the processor later in this section You may need to change these values as you implement your production system Use the following chapters for your Quantum or Unity configuration software or the online help system for detailed information on each of the parameters associated with the module Slot Number The Slot Number is the physical location of the module in the rack The example here assumes a basic configuration with a power supply occupying the first slot the processor occupying the next two slots and the PTQ PDPMV1 module occupying the fourth slot The slot number for this example is 4 Note If the module is not placed in the slot number specified the module will not operate and the CFG ERR light will illuminate You must specify the actual slot number for the module in the module configuration file NODULE CONFIGURATION PTQ POPMV1_MBANDDIAG aN aT Kam Profibus Output Size 768 Cwords Input Start Reg 1000 Total Input Size 1369 words Output Start Reg 3000 Total Output Size
46. Message ID 3001 MW3001 1 Last Alarm Control index 3002 to 3003 MW3002 to 2to3 PROFIBUS CRC32 to Computed for PROFIBUS Configuration MW3003 3004 to 3005 MW3004 to 4to5 Module CRC32 computed for module data MW3005 When the module first starts up or recognized an initialization of the processor it will compare the values of the two CRC s in the input and output images If either one of the CRC s do not match the module will be placed in Stop mode If each set matches the module will be placed in Operate mode 3006 to 3149 MW3006 to 6 to 149 Outgoing Mailbox Data Mailbox Message command being MW3149 sent to the PTQ module 3150 to N MW 3150 to 150 to N PROFIBUS Output Data Data going to the PROFIBUS N Network Total size of the PROFIBUS Output data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 728 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Output data block Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image without Mailbox messaging and with slave Diagnostics table Mailbox Messaging N Slave Diagnostics Y PTQ Input Data Block without Mailbox Messaging and with Slave Diagnostics 1219 words maximum Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 1000 to 1171 IW1000 to 0 to 71 Configuration and Status data IW1171 Operating State Mode Return New Bit 15 Handshake Bit Bit 14 E rror Bit 1 rror 0 no error
47. Message Message ID value will match value ID used to generate the outgoing mailbox message 41181 MW1181 80 Message See individual commands for data Info values to be entered in each of these 41182 MW1182 81 Command _ gister locations Page 132 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Relative Type Description Address Address Word Example Example Offset 41183 MW1183 82 Data Size 44184 MW 1184 83 Frame Count 41185 MW1185 84 Frame Number 41186 MW1186 85 Offset high 41187 MW1187 86 Offset Low 41188 MW1188 87 Extended Word 1 41189 MW1189 88 Extended Word 2 41190 MW1190 89 Extended Word 3 41191 MW1191 90 Extended Word 4 41192 MW1192 91 Extended Word 5 41193 MW1193 92 Extended Word 6 41194 MW1194 93 Extended Word 7 41195 MW1195 94 Extended Word 8 See 41223 MW1223 222 individual commands Keep the following points in mind If the In_Mailbox_Control_Index values are equal in the Input and Output Data blocks the PTQ module will place the next message present in the mailbox queue into the Input Data image and increment the In_Mailbox_Control_Index in the Input Data image After the processor processes a new In Mailbox Message it should set the In_Mailbox_Control_Index in the Output Image to match the value received in the Input Image This tells t
48. Messaging Mailbox commands from Quantum to PTQ PROFIBUS Messaging Mailbox responses from PTQ to Quantum 9 2 3 PROFIBUS DP Architecture The network supports multiple master systems with several slaves The following table shows the most important features of Standard EIN 501 70 DIN 19245 Transmission Equipment Physical EIA RS 485 IEC 1158 2 through link or coupler Fiber Optic Cable not available Transfer Procedure Half duplex Bus Topology Linear bus with active bus termination Bus Cable Type Shielded twisted pair conductors Connector 9 pin D Sub Number of nodes on the bus Max 32 with no repeaters Max 125 with 3 repeaters in 4 segments Page 194 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Effective Range Max Bus Cable Length Per Segment Baud Rates for 12 Mbit sec cable 1 2 km 9 6 kbit sec 1 2 km 19 2 kbit sec 1 2km 93 75 kbit sec 1 0 km 187 5 kbit sec 0 5 km 500 kbit sec 0 2 km 1 5 Mbit sec 0 1 km 3 Mbit sec 0 1 km 8 Mbit sec 0 1 km 12 Mbit sec Bus Access Two different bus access procedures handle the various communication requirements for the topology Token Passing Polling Token Passing Token passing ring is the basis for communication between the more complex active stations All stations have the same rights in that a token is passed from station to station in a logical r
49. Number 40113 YMW113 12 Offset high 40114 MW114 13 Offset Low 40115 MW115 14 Extended Word 1 40116 MW116 15 Extended Word 2 40117 MW117 16 Extended Word 3 40118 YMW118 17 Extended Word 4 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 115 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Address Relative Type Description Address Example Word Example Offset 40119 MW119 18 Extended Word 5 40120 MW120 19 Extended Word 6 40121 MW121 20 Extended Word 7 40122 MW122 21 Extended Word 8 See 40150 MW150 149 individual commands Please keep the following key points in mind f no message is to be sent in the mailbox the Message ID value in the Output Image must be set to zero 0 The PTQ module will set the Last Out Mailbox Message ID value in the Input Image to zero 0 The Message ID field is used by the PTQ module to detect new outgoing messages When the value is detected as non zero the PTQ processes the message immediately The Message ID should be changed for each new outgoing mailbox message A simple zero to one toggle scheme can be used or an incrementing register value can be used 1 to 15 When anew message is to be sent 1 Copy or setup the message contents keep Message ID value at zero to the Output Data locations 2 Set the Message ID value to PTQ module After the PTQ module processes the
50. PDMQ 1 00 ge Comment Comment Values OK Hafa PDPM V1 PDPM values OK 418 Ethernet Configuration WATTCP Values OK DE PROFIBUS DP gt HB gest TE prorisus op Check for errors This Section contains P lt 8 Comment gS PDPM V1 7 aa Ethernet Configuration Last Change Never H PROFIBUS DP Last Download N Never module Information Last Change Never Last Download Never Application Rev OS Rev Loader Rev MAC Address A Configedit version 2 0 2 28 Build 0003 Ethernet Configuration X Ready Updating data from new database NUM Z ii HSBY Note For Hot Standby modules a double module icon will be displayed In the following steps you will provide the missing information to begin configuring the module 1 Click the plus sign next to the module to expand the module tree and then expand the PDPM V1 tree 2 Double click the PTQ PROFIBUS Master object This action opens the Edit dialog box 3 In the Edit dialog box change the values for the selections in this section of the configuration to match the values in the following illustration To change a value select the parameter to modify in the left pane and then type the new value in the edit field in the right pane If you are not sure what to enter here use the default values ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 19 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Edit PTO Profibus
51. PDPM PROFIBUS DPV1 master comDTM software gateway 9 3 2 Introduction Use the following topics to introduce yourself to the product and answer questions you may have Why use PROFIBUS comDTM Customers from around the world have different machines fieldbusses and other end user equipment Each is equipped with the field bus requested by their end user Since there are so many variations the automation solution in their standard machine ends up being different from case to case This means that service engineers need to have different configuration tools for every fieldbus Or maybe even one for every device You want one but the reality is you have many This is where PROFIBUS comDTM can help with configuring and communicating with different networks different products and different suppliers What is FDT FDT Field Device Tool is the specification for software interfaces for the integration of field devices drives and controls in engineering and configuration tools FDT is manufacturer independent and allows the user trouble free parameterization and configuration of his specific processing system FDT technology standardizes the communication interface between field devices and systems The key feature is its independence from the communication protocol and the software environment of either the device or the host system FDT allows any device to be accessed from any host through any protocol The FDT container implements
52. PMx 7x PA 7 V03 00 10 Vendor Endress Hauser Version fi 5 67 90 Address of associated device ji OK Cancel Page 212 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Note You must use the same PROFIBUS device address that you used when setting up the device Ge GK Yew Bort eves Extras window o OeG s Rh ete amp lt 1 ProSolt Techeeogy conl oPrasaft Techewlogy come 1 lt 2 gt Dekabar 5 aO 7x PA 03 00 10 Update gevee cxtateg i PACTware x nal Fabia r ae arango am O s JAS D3 weetwe taster A moras conotms 2 moms mom 5 ra ns T irten Marancft ou PacTwore Parnita u 6 man gt Connecting the comDTM to the master to establish communication Select the comDTM icon and click the right mouse button to open a shortcut 1 menu On the shortcut menu choose Parameter then Configuration then Communication Interface SA HOST PC Go lt 1 ProSoft Techne Connect Disconnect Load from device Store to device Offline parameterisation gt Online parameterisation gt Configuration Communication InterFace Additional Functions gt Add device Delete device Properties lt 1 ProSoft Technology comDTM gt Prosoft Technology comDTM 2 If you have not created a communication path select Create Communication Path If yo
53. PTQ PDPMV1 module ProSoft Technology Inc Page 35 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 Open the Project menu and then choose Module Download This action opens the dialog box shown below Download files from PC to module xi Step 1 Select Port Ethernet x I Use Default IP Address ae 4bort Step 2 Transfer Files Cancel Download 3 Choose Ethernet from the dropdown list and then click the Download button When the download is complete a dialog box will prompt you to place the processor back into Run mode Note If you have not yet downloaded the Ethernet Configuration WATTCP CFG file which contains the customized IP address settings for the module you have the option on this dialog box to connect using the module s default IP address 192 168 0 100 i HSBY Note For HSBY Ethernet downloading Ethernet recommended both HSBY modules must be connected to allow PCB to download to both modules PCB will download to the first Master and will then prompt you to download the project to the second module Master The module will perform a platform check to read and load its new settings When the platform check is complete the status bar in ProSoft Configuration Builder will be updated with the message Module Running Download files from PC to module amp Module Running 2 3 5 Back Up the Project In this step
54. Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 On the shortcut menu choose Choose Module Type This action opens the Choose Module Type dialog box Choose Module Type x Product Line Filter C all C PLX4K C PTQ C MVI 56 C MYI 71 C PLX5K C MVI 46 C MYI 69 C MVI 94 C PLX6K Step 1 Select Module Type Search Module Type v Enable Hot Standby Step 2 Define Ports Status Action Required Comment Used PDPM Used aa i HSBY Note For Hot Standby support select the Enable Hot Standby checkbox 3 In the Product Line Filter area of the dialog box select PTQ In the Select Module Type dropdown list select PTQ PDPMV1 and then click OK to save your settings and return to the ProSoft Configuration Builder window The next task is to set the module parameters Page 18 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 1 2 Set Module Parameters Notice that the contents of the information pane and the configuration pane changed when you added the PTQ PDPMV1 module to the project The red X icon indicates that the module s configuration is incomplete iG ProSoft Configuration Builder 10 x File Edt Yiew Project Tools Help Default Project Status Information E E Default Location BE PTQ PDPMV1 HSBY Check Ports for errors PTQ PDPMY1 iff PTQ PDPMVI PTO
55. Standby Primary IP is entered The Standby IP address will always be the Primary IP address plus 1 2 Click to expand the tree for the PTQ PDPMV1 module 3 Double click the WATTCP object This action opens the Edit dialog box Edit WATTCP x my_ip Comment 255 255 255 0 netmask 192 168 0 1 gateway Default private class 3 address Reset Tag Reset All OK Cancel Notice that this is the same dialog box that you used to configure the PTQ PROFIBUS Master in the previous step The parameters listed here for editing correspond with the object you selected in the tree view 4 Edit the values for my_ip netmask subnet mask and gateway default gateway 5 When you are finished editing click OK to save your changes and return to the ProSoft Configuration Builder window ProSoft Technology Inc Page 25 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 2 Downloading the Ethernet Configuration to the Module In order for your changes to take effect you must download copy the updated Ethernet Configuration from your PC to the module 1 Connect the serial cable between the module and the PC 2 Select the Ethernet Configuration icon and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose Download This action sends the new IP settings to the module allowing Ethernet communication between the PC and the module i HSBY Note
56. V1 Master 6 2 9 Mailbox Message Set Operating Mode This command allows setting the operating mode of the module that is STOP CLEAR or OPERATE Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name SET OPERATING MODE Command Number 0200h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Set Operating Mode Message information Command 0200h Frame count Frame number Extended word 1 Conf Req Req Mode Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Mode 40h STOP 80h CLEAR C0h OPERATE Response Set Operation Mode Appl Specific Error Code Fault Information Conf Req 00h Confirmation is not required 01h Confirmation required All confirmation are automatically sent by the master the user is not required to send a confirmation message Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Refer to Return Codes page 134 for more information ProSoft Technology Inc Page 131 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 0100h Invalid operating mode FFOOh Module not initialized 6 3 Re
57. V1 Master Note The memory addresses will match the settings configured through ProSoft Configuration Builder Variable Editor Type Variables Constants Search Paste Search Replace Variable Name PTQPDPM 1_IN_DATA PTQPDPMY1_In_Mail PTQPDPMY1_IN_SLDG PTQPDPMY1_In_Stat PTQPDPMY1_OUT_DATA PTQPDPMY1_Out_Mail PTQPDPM 1_Out_Stat a Data Type PTQPDPM 1_IN_DATAF PTG_IN_MAILBOX PTQPDPMY1_IN_SLDGF PTG_IN_STATUS PTQPDPMY1_OUT_DATAF PTG_OUT_MAILBOX PTQ_OUT_STATUS Help Cancel Address InitValue 2 Set Set The following variables are available for your application Variable Transferred Transferred To Description From PTQPDPMV1_ln_Stat PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Status Data PTQPDPMV1_In_Mail PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Mailbox Buffer PTQPDPMV1_IN_DATA PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Input PROFIBUS Data PTQPDPMV1_Out_Stat Quantum PTQ PDPMV1 Status Data PTQPDPMV1_Out_Mail Quantum PTQ PDPMV1 Mailbox Buffer PTQPDPMV1_OUT_DATA Quantum PTQ PDPMV1 Output PROFIBUS Data PDQPDPMV1_IN_SLDG PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Slave Diagnostic Data Status the status data can be used to monitor the status of the module and the PROFIBUS network input The function blocks also use the status data for handshaking purposes during the mailbox handling input and output Mailbox Buffer these variables store the mailbox requests and responses between the processor and the mo
58. allowed to operate with different versions of the OS running on the Primary and Standby This option is provided to allow upgrades to be done without shutting down the process Clearly the Standby PLC must be stopped to do the executive upgrade but it will be able to operate as a valid Standby when started again SWE60 5 Setting this bit 1 commands the standby station to initiate an application transfer That function is not required in UNITY V1 SW60 8 If this bit set 1 the Modbus address on port 1will be swapped when a switchover occurs Swapped means to change address by 128 to keep the address in the range of 1 to 247 The purpose of this is to allow the P unit of an HMI to always use the same address to connect to the Primary or Standby Offline PLC PLC HSBY Status Register The Status Register provides user information relative to the state of the two PLCs in the Hot Standby system The Status Register is SW61 Both the Primary and Standby Offline PLCs have their own copy of the Status register The Status register is not transferred from Primary to Standby each scan Each PLC must maintain its local Status Register based on the regular communication between the two PLCs The following illustration identifies the operating options provided by the Command Register This PLC in OFFLINE mode 0 1 This PLC Running in Primary mode 1 0 This PLC Running in Standby mode 1 1 Other PLC in OFFLINE mode 0 1 Other PLC Running
59. are responded to Slave communication takes place No slave communication takes place CLEAR The passive master cannot attain Ping requests are responded to any of these operation modes Slave communication takes place The application can however only input data is read OPERATE instruct the master to attain one of Ping requests are responded to these modes after a switchover Slave communication takes place both input and output data is exchanged Table 1 HSBY state vs Operation mode 7 2 7 Ping Message The passive master would cyclically send ping messages to the active master which in turn would respond to the message If the active master stops receiving ping requests ping req in figures below it would assume that something is wrong with the counterpart or the field bus link If the passive master does not get any response ping res in figures below to its ping requests it would assume that something is wrong with the counterpart or the field bus link In both mentioned cases the erroneous situation would be signaled to the application by clearing 0 the COM bit in the HSBY Local Status register The time between ping requests TP is bus cycle dependent One request is sent every time the passive master is in possession of the token If there is no response from the counterpart the ping message would be resent x times where x is equal to bus parameter max_retry_limit before the COM bit is cleared The t
60. build compile the project 1 Review the elements of the project in the Project Browser 2 When you are satisfied that you are ready to download the project open the Build menu and then choose Rebuild All Project This action builds compiles the project into a form that the processor can use to execute the instructions in the project file This task may take several minutes depending on the complexity of the project and the resources available on your PC 3 As the project is built Unity Pro XL reports its process in a Progress dialog box with details appearing in a pane at the bottom of the window If you are using the sample project the project should build without errors The following illustration shows the build process under way CEE eee AiE f 18 xj PLAE A oo ViPS Ea Sut BAB 7 E SN Ga 2560 te Me E Rack Supply n THENE A toa bus OBA J Zl iimpi lt DF PTQ_PDPM FBI MAIN MAST erro ingl AEE Rebuna an Project A irpaniexpat_ User eros A SewctReptace J Ready JMi Ryw mode OFFLINE Moceuso or sunt K SMAN SRT Local Bus EE Quantum Dr After the build process is completed successfully the next step is to download copy the compiled project to the processor Page 50 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 1 5 Download the Project to the Processor 1
61. definition SlaveAddress BYTE SlotNumber BYTE SeqNumber BYTE SpecAck BYTE AlarmType BYTE ExtDiag BYTE FaultInfo ARRAY 0 1 OF BYTE ByteCount BYTE Data ARRAY 0 127 OF WORD This function block also keeps track of the last 20 alarms through the HistAlarm output pin For example let us suppose that the module receives 10 alarms first alarm Sequence Number 1 second alarm Sequence Number 2 and so on So after the alarm 10 is received the processor application could refer to these alarms stored at the following output pins Last Alarm Alarm 10 Alarm Alarm larm larm larm larm larm HistAlarm HistAlarm HistAlarm HistAlarm HistAlarm HistAlarm HistAlarm HistAlarm larm HistAlarm larm HistAlarm 10 Alarm 1 If the HistAlarm buffer is full and it receives a new alarm then the oldest alarm in the queue will be deleted to reserve space for the new alarm OArANan FR WN EF NON WwW Pt oOo NO DD E Ne The AlarmCnt output pin in incremented every time the alarm mailbox is received This register will rollover at 30000 The processor application can keep track of this register to determine when the processor has received a new alarm mailbox message from the module Page 102 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platfo
62. devices 7 3 1 PTQ PDPMV1 HSBY Diagnostic Data PTQ Input Data Block The PTQ module reports the HSBY Local and Remote Status Registers via the Input Data Block Input Data Block HSBY words only Quantum Unity Word Name Description Address Address Offset Example Example 1060 IW1060 60 Low byte HSBY Passive Status from fg PROFIBUS interface High Byte pau High byte HSBY ad 2 l Passive number of COM OD DBICE SO PA Slaves from PROFIBUS interface This bit would indicate the state of the local master 0 Active master that is master is controlled by the Primary PLC 1 Passive master that is master controlled by the Stand by PLC Page 152 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Word Address Address Offset Example Example Name 1061 IW1061 61 Low byte HSBY Active Status from PROFIBUS interface High byte HSBY Active number of Slaves from PROFIBUS interface Description This bit indicates if the local master recognizes any of its assigned slaves as offline 0 Atleast one slave is offline 1 All slaves OK This bit indicates if the local master has recognized a critical error 0 No critical errors 1 Critical error active This bitis set when problems with the ping sequence is encountered This bit indicates if the local master has detected a database m
63. do not yet work with response times in accordance with PROFIBUS DP Expansion for EN 50170 DPV1 may provoke telegram repetitions If this behavior occurs you can increase Idle1 Time as an emergency measure This will however increase the bus cycle time The Idle2 Time TID2 is the idle time between an SDN telegram send data with no acknowledge and the following call telegram These SDN telegrams are used for global control services SYNC UNSYNC FREEZE UNFREEZE and so on This value should be set to 1000 tbit DP If TID2 cannot be set directly you can use the parameter max TSDR If max TSDR is greater than TID1 as is shown in the table the value of max TSDR is automatically used for TID2 Highest Station Address HSA A PROFIBUS master queries the status of all stations cyclically up to the address value HSA 1 telegram per cycle As soon as one station at an address lower than HSA does not respond for example because it is not connected the relatively long Slot Time TSL expires until the next call telegram is transferred If it can be ensured that a station is present at every address including the HSA this Slot Time can be avoided 7 4 3 Commissioning of communication with the SK2 segment coupler Information for determining the Watch Dog Time TWD PROFIBUS devices are able to activate a watchdog mechanism that monitors at each time interval of cyclic calls data exchange to make certain the PROFIBUS master is sti
64. do not match the module will be placed in Stop mode If each set matches the module will be placed in Operate mode 3006 to 3149 MW 3006 to 6 to 149 Outgoing Mailbox Data Mailbox Message MW3149 command being sent to the PTQ module 3150 to N MW 3150 to N 150 to N PROFIBUS Output Data Data going to the PROFIBUS Network Total size of the PROFIBUS Output data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 768 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Output data block Page 206 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 9 3 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master PROFIBUS comDTM DTM Device Type Manager is a standard way to provide all necessary data and functionality for a communication device for example a PROFIBUS DP card This technology is similar to the way Microsoft Windows supports printer drivers supplied by manufacturers and available to any Windows application rather than requiring a custom printer driver for each specific application PROFIBUS comDTM distributed by ProSoft Technology is a DTM for the PTQ PDPMV1 module Ethernet and MVI series PDPMV1 modules RS232 serial which allows configuration tools instruments and communication devices on a field network to recognize and use the module s capabilities 9 3 1 ProSoft Technology product availability Part Number Description PSW cDTM
65. eni Een EAEan 4 11 4 Specific Input PinS ssssssnnnnseeseeesnennneneneenrnrnenesrerenne 4 11 5 Specific Output Pins 2 0 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 12 Mailbox Overview ccesccsseesseeeeeeeeeeseeseseeeeesneneeenees 4 12 1 Acyclic Read Mailbox oe ceeeeeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeeaes 4 12 2 Acyclic Write Mailbox oe ee eeeeeeeeneeeeeenteeeeeeaes 4 12 3 Alarm Mailbox ececsecceceeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeteennaeeeeees 4 12 4 GetConfiguration Mailbox 4 12 5 GetDiagnostics Mailbox 4 12 6 GetLiveList Mailbox 0 cc eeeeeeccceeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeeees 4 12 7 SetSlaveAddress Mailbox cccccceceeseeeseceeeeeeees 4 12 8 SetOperatingMode Mailbox 4 12 9 SetSlaveMode MailDOX ceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenteeeeeenaes 4 12 10 Start Stop Slaves Mailbox 4 12 11 Coldboot Mailbox 5 CONFIGURING THE PROCESSOR WITH PROWORX 32 6 MAILBOX MESSAGING Mailbox Message QUeUING s csetcesseeeseeeeeeeees Queue TIMEOUTS anenai aE 6 1 6 1 1 6 2 Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands Contents Page 4 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Contents PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 6 2 1 Mailbox Message Set Slave Mode eccecceceeeeeeeceeeneeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeeenneeeneaas 116 6 2 2 Mailbox Message Get Slave Diagnostics 0 0 00 eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeneaas 119 6 2 3 Mailbox Message Get Slave Configuration cecceeeceeeese
66. i FBI_1_2 2 a a 4 A COLDBT fii CldBootl gt CIdBT ColdB CldBoot 3 PTOQPDPMV1_Out_Mail gt MailOut MailOut P TOPDPMV1_Out_Mail PTOQPDPM 1_In_Statl gt Statin Address Set Value Data Type ProSoft Technology Inc Page 107 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master HHSBY Note This function block will reset both the active master and the passive master Using a Control Word to Reboot the Module If you need to coldboot the module without using the Coldboot mailbox use the PTQPDPMV1_OUT_Stat LastinMaillD 0 control word Note Even though Mailbox is not being used but the name PTQPDPMV1_OUT_Stat LastinMaillD 0 still being used due to fact that in DTY file name can t be changed dynamically for Concept Application user need to refer to the user manual references for more details When mailbox is used word zero in the output image is used for mailbox handshaking PTQPDPMV1_OUT_Stat LastinMaillD 0 When mailbox is not used then word zero in the output image is for control of the operating mode and cold boot and supposed to be named PTQPDPMV1_OUT_Stat Setoperatingmode 0 Remember only name stays the same but operation will work as it supposed to gt To reboot the module 1 Enter the value 16 9999 Hex in the PTQPDPMV1_Out_Stat LastInMaillD 0 register as shown in the following illustration For this appli
67. i PFOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd In F aultinfo gt PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out Length PFOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd In ReturnCode gt PTQPDPM 41_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out Curr PTFOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd In CurrSlaveAddress gt PTQPDPM 41_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out New PFOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd In NewSlaveAddress PTQPDPMY1 MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out NoA PFOPDPhHV4_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd In SlaveldentNumber gt PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out Slav SlaveldentNumberin NoAddrChangef P FOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd In NoAddChg gt PTQPDPMYV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out Mes iMessageData i 3 5 8 SetOperatingMode Mailbox Function Block SETOPERMODE Trigger Byte SetOperate SetStop SetClear Description The following trigger values can be used to change the current operating mode of the module SETOPERATINGMODE Out SelectOperate set Operate SETOPERATINGMODE Out SelectStop set stop SETOPERATINGMODE Out SelectClesr set Clear PTQPDPMV 1_Sample MAST PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out Operate PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperttode Out Operate PTOPDPM 1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out Clea eoa aeoo PTOPDPMY1_MAILVAR SetOpertode Out Clear PTOQPDPMV1_MAILWAR SetOpertMode Out Stop PTQPDPM 1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out Stop lt PTQPDPMV1_STATOUT PTQPDPM V1_STATOUT lt PTOQPDPMYV41_MAILOUT i i PTOQPDPMV1_MAILOUT PTOPDPM V1_STATIN PTOPDPMY1_MAILVAR SetOperttode In Mode d
68. illustration shows part of the function block implementation structured text code that performs the mailbox request after the command register is triggered by the processor application For example the SetOperatingMode command is executed when the Out SetOperate SetStop SetClear Cmad bit is true E Implement lt DFB gt SETOPERMODE l IF MailOut 0 StatIN MailBoxData LastOutMailboxMessageID THEN This logic will perform the actual mailbox request to the module IF SetOperate 1 OR SetStop 1 OR SetClear 1 THEN Mailout 1 Mailout 2 Mailout 3 Mailout 4 Mailout 5 Mailout 6 Mailout 7 16 0240 16 0200 16 0000 16 0100 16 0100 16 0000 16 0000 We Rab ar wi IF SetOperate 1 THEN Mailout 8 BYTE_AS WORD 16 C0 ConfRequired SetOperate Z END_IF IF SetStop 1 THEN Mailout 8 BYTE_AS WORD 16 40 ConfRequired SetStop 2 END_IF IF SetClear 1 THEN Mailout 8 BYTE_AS WORD 16 80 ConfRequired SetClear 2 END_IF MailBoxID WORD_TO_INT StatIN MailBoxData LastOutMailboxMessageID MailBoxID MailBoxID t1 IF MailBoxID 15 THEN MailBoxID 1 END_IF Page 58 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master This bit is accessed and controlled in a tag in the provided table Note Refer to Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands page 114 for more inf
69. information on the contents of these blocks and a discussion of how various configuration options change the layout of these blocks Completing the Example Configuration When you have finished updating the values click OK to save your settings and return to the ProSoft Configuration Builder window At this time you may wish to rename the Default Project and Default Location folders in the tree view To rename an object 1 Select the object and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu From the shortcut menu choose Rename 2 Type the name to assign to the object 3 Click away from the object to save the new name The next task is to update the module s Ethernet settings This allows you to connect from your PC to the module using an Ethernet cable rather than a serial cable Page 24 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 1 3 Update the Ethernet Settings Use this procedure to configure the Ethernet settings for your module You must assign an IP address subnet mask and gateway address After you complete this step you can connect to the module with an Ethernet cable 1 Determine the network settings for your module with the help of your network administrator if necessary You will need the following information o IP address fixed IP required o Subnet mask o Gateway address f i HSBY Note Hot
70. is not static but highly dependent on the baud rate these events are written in bold text bt tt tt tt tt tt 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Time 1 Last DataExchange request before active master failure that is last re triggering of slave watchdog 0 Active master failure Passive master detects counterpart failure 2 Passive master indicates the situation by clearing the COM bit in Fieldbus specific area 3 Application of the passive master detects that the active master has failed and forwards this information to a higher level system for further processing 4 Application of the passive master initiates a switchover based on the decision from a higher level system Passive master performs the switchover MAC reset with new TS Active master former passive issues an initial GlobalCtrl request that is first PROFIBUS telegram after reinitialization of MAC 7 Active master has issued a SlaveDiag request to all slaves first re triggering of slave watchdog after switchover 8 Active master has issued a DataExchange request to all slaves second re triggering of slave watchdog 9 Active master sets the OD bit in the Fieldbus specific area indicating that there is fresh data in the output data area for the application to read 10 Application of the active master detects that the OD bit is set and accesses the output area 7 3 3 Bus Parameters Some bus parameters need to be al
71. manual or the product may be made at any time These changes will be made periodically to correct technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Important Notice CAUTION THE CELL USED IN THIS DEVICE MAY PRESENT A FIRE OR CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD IF MISTREATED DO NOT DISASSEMBLE HEAT ABOVE 100 C 212 F OR INCINERATE Maximum battery load 200 pA Maximum battery charge voltage 3 4 VDC Maximum battery charge current 500 pA Maximum battery discharge current 30 pA Your Feedback Please We always want you to feel that you made the right decision to use our products If you have suggestions comments compliments or complaints about the product documentation or support please write or call us ProSoft Technology 1675 Chester Avenue Fourth Floor Bakersfield CA 93301 1 661 716 5100 1 661 716 5101 Fax http www prosoft technology com Copyright ProSoft Technology Inc 2000 2007 All Rights Reserved PTQ PDPMV1 Application Reference Guide May 30 2007 PSFT PDPMV1 PTQ UM 07 05 30 ProSoft Technology ProLinx inRAx ProTalk and RadioLinx are Registered Trademarks of ProSoft Technology Inc Contents PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Contents PLEASE READ THIS NOTICE i ar a a aara steepest i e aa aaae a aap aaa aa a aa et aaea aSa ahaaa tatanpi iiiaae 2 Important NOUCE E N E EEN N E N A A N T E 2 Your Feedback Please ccccccseeeeeseeeeeeen
72. of a PROFIBUS PA slave exceeds this value the slot time should be set to 7192 tbit DP For purposes of optimization the ideal setting can be calculated as follows TSL gt 13 LS LR 3 TSDR 630 where LS is the number of data bytes in the Master_Request telegram and LR is the number of data bytes in the Slave_Response telegram Time TSDR refers to the actual time lapse that is counted between the Master_Request and the Slave_Response This is typically 75 tbit DP Other possibilities for optimization in terms of cycle times are available through the Idle1 Time Idle2 Time and the HSA setting The Idle1 Time TID1 is an idle time to be observed by the master between a response telegram and the prompt telegram following it Parameters cannot not set directly for TID1 in many tools To optimize the Idle Time in spite of this the Setup Time TSET parameter or if it cannot be adjusted either the Quiet Time TQUI parameter must be adjusted The Idle Time is calculated as follows Page 168 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master TIDI 2 TSET TOUL 35 tbit DP The Idle1 Time TID1 depends on the maximum response time not to be confused with the Station Delay Time TSDR of all PA bus stations In the table above values are indicated for TID1 and TSET corresponding to the current PROFIBUS guidelines In some circumstances older PROFIBUS devices that
73. of time the MAST scan hides the network scan Page 140 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Examples However when processing some application programs additional system overhead may occur gt Example 1 Standalone application scan time 80 ms Data state RAM unallocated variables 100 Kb ao No impact on scan time z data exchange 30 lt 80 ms a T gt v4 a 3 3 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 141 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 7 2 gt Example 2 Standalone application scan time 80 ms Data state RAM unlocated variables 300 Kb Standalone scan time 0 ms l Scan time with HSBY 105 ms 300 KB data to exchange aa 300 KB data exchanged i Result NA input Primary HSBY 15 ms per 100 Kb of overhead n S 2 HSBY impact on scan time 25ms om K 30 ms 15 ms 90 20 ms 25ms ra Logic Exec A 4 an A Output Note In addition to the above times for system overhead the PTQ PDPMV1 module may acquire from 100 to 300ms of switch over time All configured data is to be updated as fast as the combined asynchronous events occur based on the processor scan time backplane transfer time PTQ data handling time and PROFIBUS master bus cycle time PROFIBUS Bus cycle time is based on slave reaction time
74. op B3 85 8x I gg Variable Name Data Type Address Value Set Value Format 4 1 ae 2 SetOperate INT 0 Dec v 3 SetStop INT 0 Dec X 4 SetClear INT 0 Dec X 5 v i RUNNING CHG CONFIG EQUAL 4 12 Mailbox Overview This section provides a brief description on how to use each mailbox function block Refer to Mailbox Messaging page 112 for detailed information about each mailbox parameter 4 12 1 Acyclic Read Mailbox Function Block ACCREAD Trigger Register AcRead Description The ACCREAD mailbox is used to perform an Acyclic Read request to a PROFIBUS slave device The input pins SlvAdIn PROFIBUS slave address SlotIn slot number IndexIn index number and LngthIn length number of bytes associated to acyclic read operation must be configured before triggering the mailbox request The acyclic read response data is copied to the ReadData output pin The status information is available in the output pins ErrCode ErrDecode ExtFault and Faultinf Page 100 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept The following illustration shows a sample instance of the Acyclic Read mailbox function block E Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ MAINPTQ Jof x at File Edit View Objects Project Online Options Window Help ef 8x Ci eS Fs aa E wal E 1 FBI_1_7 7 a q 5 ACCREAD 7 AcRead gt JAcRead AcRead gt AcRead PTQ4_Out_Status gt St
75. port for every connection This implementation limits the possibility of using most serial to Ethernet converters to access the MVI series PDPMV1 serial port through an Ethernet connection Several Ethernet to serial converters require the configuration of a fixed UDP port which is not available for the current implementation 9 3 4 Software Requirements Minimum Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack 6A or Windows 2000 SP3 or Windows XP Professional SP2 Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 6 0 FDT 1 2 1 compliant FDT frame application Compatible applications include o PACTware o FieldCare MM Container Some FDT Containers require the following components Microsoft Management Console Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 0 Installation Important You must have Administrator rights on your computer to install this application Page 210 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Important Please open and read the release notes on the CD before starting the installation The release notes are located in the root directory of the CD ROM gt To install comDTM 1 Insert the comDTM CD ROM in an available CD ROM drive in your computer 2 Onmost computers the installation program will start automatically within a few seconds If the installation does not start automatically on your computer click the Start button choose Run and then type explorer Click OK to
76. section 2 Select the Show EN ENO checkbox Function Block SETCRC x Instance name FBI_1_1 Version 12 27 2005 15 42 59 Parameters Cancel Input Output Iv St Name Datatype Initvalue Comment StatOut PTO OUT STATUS Statin PTG_IN_STATUS Refine Advanced Help on type Help Page 94 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 4 11 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Create a BOOL variable and associate it to the EN input pin of the SETCRC function block If this variable has a value of 0 Off the SETCRC function block will be disabled Therefore further changes to the module configuration would cause the module to be switched to STOP mode E Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ lt 1 gt lof x File Edit Yiew Objects Project Online Options Window Help Di ptall cS Fs a lS ma lt 2 a1 MAINPTQ FBIL11 1 SETCRC SetCRC1 gt PTQ1_Out_Status gt PTQ1_In_Status gt cm Oy o StatOut StatOut f PTOQ1_Out_Status Statin Select RUNNING CHG CONFIG EQUAL Note If you use the EN bit to disable the function block please remember that after a processor download the output variables might be reset and may cause a CRC mismatch After a processor download you may need to re enable the SETCRC function block once to synchronize the CRCs again Using Mailbox Functi
77. shows that when you execute the mailbox command Slave 5 and Slave 9 will start communicating with the master Table Modification Force Name i Value Type SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber SlaveNumber 10 SlaveNumberl111 LAL AL AE AE AE AE AE AE A E AE ARRAY 0 125 OF BYTE BYTE or BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 BYTE You can confirm the execution of the mail box by verifying that the SlaveNumb output pin exactly matches the SlaveNumber Input pin ER PTOPDPMY1_Sample MAST gt PTQPDPMY1_MAILVAR StatStopSlaves Out Sta StatS laves PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR StartStopSlaves Out Sto i lt PTOPDPMV1_STATOUT STARTSTOPSLAVES PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR StartStopSlaves Out StantSlaves gt PTOQPDPMV1_MAILVAR StartStopSlaves Out StopSlaves StartSlaves lt PTQPDPMYV1_MAILOUT PTQPDPM 1_STATOUT PTQPDPMYV t_MAILWAR StartStop Staves Out Sla gt f PTOPDPMV41_STATIN PTOQPDPM 1_MAILIN 3 5 11 PTOPDPMV1_MAILOUT s PFOPDPhMV4_MAILVAR StatStopSlaves In SlaveNumber gt PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR StartStopSlaves In Addfaultinfo PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR StartStopSlaves In F aultinfo AdditionalF aultinto Faultinformation Coldboot Mailbox Important The Coldboot mailbox is only s
78. software will download the configuration files to both units and indicate the modules are synchronized and whether or not the download is successful for both modules Downloading the modules configuration files will be transparent to the user Both modules are required to be connected to the Ethernet network and upon download the PCB will automatically download configurations to both modules If the download process is unsuccessful the PCB will inform the user and the Page 164 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master modules may have different CRC database value determined by the PROFIBUS FDL ping message The master s as they are configured will be initiated as neutral as offline or not connected until it reads the status information from the PLC The master upon reading such status information will operate as Active Passive or Offline mode Bus Parameters The PROFIBUS master bus parameters for a Hot Standby project are automatically adjusted for best performance by the software A new check box in the PROFIBUS tab in the Master properties called Hot Standby System has been added to identify the master as a HSBY master set The same Bus Configuration will be downloaded to both masters ensuring that both the active and the passive master get exactly the same configuration and checksum values x Master properties ProSoft x Common Group pro
79. start Windows Explorer In Windows Explorer open the My Computer icon and navigate to the CD ROM drive Double click the file Setup exe This action starts the installation wizard 3 Follow the instructions on the installation wizard to install the program 4 Click Finish to complete the installation If you are prompted to restart your computer save your work in any applications that are running close the applications and allow the computer to restart Note During installation you will be prompted to accept or change the location for the database folder The default location for this folder is the Program Files directory on your local hard drive normally Drive C If you intend to allow multiple workstations to access the same database folder you should choose a network drive that other workstations can access fe Prosoft Technology comDTM Demo ersion 1 0 9 1 xi Database Folder q 5 Click Next to install to this Folder or click Change to install to a different folder s Install Prosoft Technology comDTM Demo Version 1 0 9 database to C Program Files ProLinx Profibus comDTM Demo Database Change j Cancel lt Back Quick Start The following steps demonstrate how to start the FDT Field Device Tool program and configure the PROFIBUS comDTM The comDTM provides a Guided Tour section in the Online Help that explains the basic features and operation of the program To open the online help click Pr
80. the FDT specification It serves as an interface between FDT and a superior application It uses the DTMs to gain access to the ProSoft Technology Inc Page 207 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master devices FDT frame application is an engineering or configuration tool which has and FDT container FDT technology comprises three key components the Frame Application Device DTMs and Communication DTMs The DTM Device Type Manager is used for the configuration and maintenance of field devices drives etc It is only functional with an FDT container The FDT container implements the FDT specification It serves as interface between FDT and a superior application It uses the DTMs to gain access to devices FDT frame application is an engineering or configuration tool which has an FDT container The user interface of the DTMs is displayed here To better understand the functionality of these components consider the analogy of the Internet a standard web browser allows users to view countless web pages created by many content providers The host system supplier typically creates the Frame Application just as Microsoft supplies the Internet Explorer web browser Just as a web browser opens a web page that contains code from the company that makes the web page an FDT frame opens the Device DTM which is the plug in software from the device vendor Similar to a web brow
81. the Unity Pro XL project browser pane click to open the Animation Tables tree and then double click Main Table In the Main Table you will see all mailboxes including Get Live List Get Diagnostics and so on You must include ModuleName Statin ModuleName _Mailln and ModuleName _ Dataln using same procedure for the Output ModuleName StatOut ModuleName _ MailOut and ModuleName DataOut Scroll within ModuleName _Statln Notice that when the processor and the PTQ module are communicating successfully the numbers in the Value column for items such as ModuleStatus_Applicationprogramscancounter are continuously updated ProSoft Technology Inc Page 51 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Table Modification Force Name PTGPDPMY1_Sample_DataDut PTQPDPMY1_Sample_DataQutF D PTGPDPMY1_Sample_Mailln PTQPDPM1_Sample_MaillnF D PTGPDPMY1_Sample_MailOut PTGPDPMY1_Sample_MailOutF PTOPDPMY1_Sample_Statln PTGPDPM1_Sample_StatInF ModuleStatus_ModulelD string ARRAY O 4 OF WORD ModuleStatus_QuantumSlotNumber WORD ModuleStatus_Profibus nputD atasize WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusOutputD atasize WORD ModuleStatus_InputDataStartAddress WORD ModuleStatus_OutputD ataStartAddress WORD ModuleStatus_Reserved0 WORD ModuleStatus_ByteSwapHI nputLOutputD ata WORD ModuleStatus_Modulesoftwaremajoryersionnumber WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusSlaveConfiguredLis
82. the Utilities folder This folder contains all of the applications and files you will need to set up and configure your module 4 Double click the ProSoft Configuration Builder Setup program and follow the instructions on your screen to install the software on your PC Note Many of the configuration and maintenance procedures use files and other utilities on the CD ROM You may wish to copy the files from the Utilities folder on the CD ROM to a convenient location on your hard drive Install the Module 1 3 1 Install the ProTalk Module in the Quantum Rack 1 Place the Module in the Quantum Rack The ProTalk module must be placed in the same rack as the processor 2 Tilt the module at a 45 angle and align the pegs at the top of the module with slots on the backplane Page 10 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Start Here PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 Push the module into place until it seats firmly in the backplane CAUTION The PTQ module is hot swappable meaning that you can install and remove it while the rack is powered up You should not assume that this is the case for all types of modules unless the user manual for the product explicitly states that the module is hot swappable Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to the module and any equipment connected to it HIHSBY Note For HSBY setup repeat the above procedures for the Primary and Standby modul
83. view the Block Transfer Statistics screen Use this command to display the configuration and statistics of the backplane data transfer operations between the module and the processor The information on this screen can help determine if there are communication problems between the processor and the module OBACKPLANE STATISTICS ATA TRANSFER CONFIGURATION I O CONFIGIGURATION Ox Bit Count s 256 Ox Ward Count 1x Bit Count SAD 1x word Count 16 3x word Count 1024 4x word Count Battery Status GOOD BLOCK COUNTS Read 12333 Write 12333 Error 30 00E Sw61 in Hex 1000 0000 0000 1110 CActive Master Tip Repeat this command at one second intervals to determine the number of blocks transferred each second If the module is communicating over the backplane correctly you will see these block numbers change each time you refresh the display ii HSBY Note The Quantum 140CPU67160 processor control word SW61 is displayed for HSBY processor status Viewing Module Configuration Press C to view the Module Configuration screen Use this command to display the current configuration and statistics for the module Opening the Input Data View Menu Press I to open the Input Data View Menu Use this command to view the contents of the input database Refer to Input Data View Menu for information on the commands on this menu ProSoft Technology Inc Page 181 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platfor
84. your specific needs You must complete these steps in the following order otherwise the installation may not be successful 1 Install the ProSoft Configuration Builder software on your PC Important Earlier versions of ProSoft Configuration Builder do not support the Hot Standby HSBY feature on the PTQ PDPMV1 module To make full use of the HSBY feature please download the latest version of ProSoft Configuration Builder and review the readme files from the ProSoft Technology web site at http www prosoft technology com pcb Install the ProTalk module in the rack Configure the Module Configure the PROFIBUS Master and Slaves Export the Processor Files Configure the Processor Verify communication between the processor and the module NO oR OD ProSoft Technology Inc Page 9 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 1 2 1 3 Install ProSoft Configuration Builder Software You must install the ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB software in order to configure the PTQ PDPMV1 module Go to the ProSoft Technology web site at http www prosoft technology com pcb for the latest version of PCB gt To install ProSoft Configuration Builder 1 Insert the ProSoft Configuration Builder CD ROM into the CD drive of your PC Wait for the startup screen to appear 2 On the startup screen click Product Documentation This action opens an explorer window 3 Click to open
85. 00 05 2007 start Converter Global DFB path C CONCEPT DFB different version local DataTypeFile C PROJECTI DF WARNING SETCRC ASC line 146 local datatype file I line 146 CP_STR local CRC 1824404584 12729 read 0 errors 1 warnings Elapsed time 179 seconds ProSoft Technology Inc Page 79 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master This message does not indicate an error condition because the ASC files were built with a different DTY file which was overwritten with the new DTY file exported by PCB The new DTY file has all I O information for cyclic data and optional slave diagnostics If you use a different filename than the one generated by PCB for example Processline1_Master you will see the following message when you attempt to import the new ASC file Datatype Check x More than one Datetype File in directory detected l C PROJECT DFB PTQ PD 1 dty Local Datatype File gnored Click OK to dismiss the message After importing all ASC files delete the old DTY file PTQ PD 1 dty The old DTY file does not contain any Cyclic I O data 4 List all optional mailbox functions that will be required for your application Repeat steps 2 and 3 for each required mailbox This setup procedure will consider as an example that only the Set Operating Mode mailbox is required So the following steps 5 and 6 will repeat the same procedure
86. 002 to 3003 MW3002 to 2 to 3 PROFIBUS CRC32 Computed for PROFIBUS Config MW3003 3004 to 3005 MW3004 to 4to5 Module CRC32 computed for module data MW3005 When the module first starts up or recognized an initialization of the processor it will compare the values of the two CRC s in the input and output images If either one of the CRC s do not match the module will be placed in Stop mode If each set matches the module will be placed in Operate mode 3006 to N MW 3006 to 6 toN PROFIBUS Output Data Data going to the PROFIBUS N Network Total size of the PROFIBUS Output data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 728 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Output data block Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image without Mailbox messaging and Without Slave Diagnostics table Mailbox Messaging N Slave Diagnostics N ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 199 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master PTQ Input Data Block without Mailbox Messaging or Slave Diagnostics 841 words maximum Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 1000 to 1171 IW1000 to 0 to 71 Configuration and Status data IW1171 Operating State Mode Return New Bit 15 Handshake Bit Bit 14 E rror Bit 1 rror 0 no error Bits 12 13 reserved for future use 1172 IW1172 72
87. 0100h Offset high 0000h Offset low 0000h Extended word 1 Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Message Data byte 1 Message Data byte 2 Message Data byte 3 Message Data byte n Message Information Refer to Message Information page 134 Slave Address Station address of the slave responder Slot Number and Slot Index Used in the slave to address the desired data block Length This parameter specifies the number of bytes that have to be written If the destination data block size is less than requested the response will contain an error message If the data block length is greater than or equal to the requested length the response contains the number of bytes that have been written The slave may answer with an error response if data access is not allowed Data 1 n Data that should be written Page 128 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Fault Information and Extended Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Fault Information Extended Fault Information Contents 0100h Address out of range 0A00h Failed to execute request Refer to Return Codes page 134 OBOOh Remote station failure 1000h R
88. 07 Index O Offline to Primary 2 145 Offline to Standby 1 145 Opening the Input Data View Menu 181 Opening the Output Data View Menu 182 Output Byte Swap 22 Output Data Size 21 Output Data View Menu 186 Output Start Register 21 Overview 60 73 95 139 142 P Parameter Calculation 165 PCB Master Configuration Software 164 Performance Considerations 140 Ping Message 146 Ping Message Structure 149 Ping Sequence 148 PLC HSBY Command Register 156 PLC HSBY Status Register 157 Please Read This Notice 2 Preconditions 147 Primary and Standby Controllers 138 Primary to Offline 4 145 Product Specifications 7 189 PROFIBUS comDTM 207 PROFIBUS DP Architecture 194 PROFIBUS DP time behavior 166 PROFIBUS Master Indicators 178 PROFIBUS Master Port 218 ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB HSBY Option Functionality 164 ProSoft Technology product availability 207 PTQ Input and Output Data Blocks 196 PTQ Input Data Block 22 24 152 196 PTQ Link Message 150 PTQ Output Data Block 206 PTQ PDPMV1 Configuration Debug Port Note 13 PTQ PDPMV1 Hot Standby Considerations 143 PTQ PDPMV1 HSBY Diagnostic Data 152 PTQ PDPMV1 Master Bus Properties when using a P amp F DP PA Segment Coupler 166 PTQ PDPMV1 Operation 152 Q Quantum to PTQ Communication Protocol 224 Queue Timeouts 114 Quick Start 211
89. 1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master GetLiveList In StationStatus array The following illustration shows an 1 From the Table public folder select PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetLiveList Out GetList and set it to 1 Eq PTOPDPM 1_Table Name Vue Type z H PTGPDPMY1_MAILVAR PTOPDPMY1_M aill ar Alarms ALARM AcyclicRead ACYCLICREAD H Acyclicwrite ACYCLICWRITE GetContig GETSLAVECONFIG GetGiag GETSLAVEDIAG GetLiveList GETLIVELIST Out GETLIVELISTOUT GetList 1 BYTE H In GETLIVELISTIN W StationStatus ARRAY 0 127 OF BYTE ReturnCode 0 WORD Faultinfo 0 WORD H SetSlaveAdd SETSLAVEADDRESS SetSiMode SETSLAVEMODE StartStopSlaves STRTSTPSLAVE SetOperMode SETOPERATMODE gt 2 The GetLiveList response will be automatically copied at example where slave address 3 is connected to the master address 1 The GetList bit is automatically cleared Refer to Mailbox Messaging page 112 for specific help on the mailbox commands and response values Ei PTOPDPMY1_Table Name o or vae e v Comme o y PTQPDPMY 1_Maill ar B PTOPDPMY1_MAILVAR Alarms ALARM H AcyclicRead ACYCLICREAD Acyclicwrite ACYCLICWRITE J GetConfig GETSLAVECONFIG GetGiag GETSLAVEDIAG GetLiveList GETLIVELIST Out GETLIVELISTOUT GetList BYTE
90. 1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master File Name Description Required Optional SETSLVS ASC Start Stop Slaves Dynamically Optional ColdBT ASC Remote Coldboot from PLC Optional Optional means that you should import this function block only if your application requires that specific mailbox The status and PROFIBUS data will be available even if no optional mailbox function blocks are imported into your project The SETCRC ASC function block is required to synchronize the input and output CRCs page 94 while configuring the module 4 4 2 DTY file This file contains the data type definitions that will be required for the Concept project The file name depends on the project name selected at PCB default is PTQ PDPMV1 dty Note If your application requires multiple PTQ PDPMV1 modules for the same project you must merge the DTY files Refer to Using Multiple PTQ PDPMV1 Modules with Concept page 228 for instructions 4 4 3 TXT file This file contains the variables that will be imported to Concept The default file name is the file name depends on the project name selected at PCB default is PTQ PDPMV1 txt 4 5 Step 2 Convert the Function Blocks 1 Run the Concept Converter tool as follows Es Concept 2 6 XL EN 2 800 10 Help 3 Atrium Help F Authorization CCLaunch o Compact Help Concept Converter Concept DFB 3 Concept Help Concept Security
91. 193 Product Specifications page 189 Support Service and gt Support Service This section contains Support Service and Warranty and Warranty Warranty information Index page 230 Index of chapters ProSoft Technology Inc Page 7 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Page 8 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Start Here PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 1 1 1 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Start Here In This Chapter gt Deployment Checklist ccccccccccececsecneceeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaees 9 gt Install ProSoft Configuration Builder Software 200 10 gt Install the Module oe eee eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 10 Deployment Checklist This is a list of the steps you must complete to install your ProTalk Module We recommend that you read through this section completely before you begin the installation During this procedure you will install the module in the rack with the processor set up a PROFIBUS master connect one or more PROFIBUS slave devices and then configure the processor with information about the PROFIBUS network The example programs you will be configuring are designed to demonstrate that the module and the processor are correctly configured and communicating with each other over the backplane After this initial installation you may need to perform additional steps to configure the application for
92. 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following table shows some of the possible status indicators Processor PTQ Module Status Status Normal RUN ON ACTIVE ON Operation PTQ Module RUN ON or ACTIVE OFF does notsee STOP the processor HSBY After the hot swap of the module the PTQ module is correctly SET as the Passive Master RUN ON ACTIVE ON PROFIBUS Master Status com STAT MSTR STAT com STAT MSTR STAT com STAT MSTR STAT DBASE STAT TKN HOLD DBASE STAT TKN HOLD DBASE STAT TKN HOLD PROFIBUS Master Status LED Description COM STAT Green Solid or Flash Master is communicating with Slaves Green or at least one Blinking DBASE STAT Green PROFIBUS has been configured TKN HOLD Green PTQ is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT Green Master is in operate mode COM STAT OFF Master is not communicating with slaves DBASE STAT Green PROFIBUS has been configured TKN HOLD OFF Master does not have the token and is inactive MSTR STAT OFF Master is inactive COM STAT Green Solid or Flash Master is communicating with Slaves Green or at least one Blinking DBASE STAT Green PROFIBUS has been configured TKN HOLD Green PTQ is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT Red Blinking Master is in Passive Master mode Pr
93. 34 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Index Index SW60 Hot Standby Command Register 156 SWE1 Hot Standby Status Register 158 ASC files 77 DTY file 78 TXT file 78 A About the PROFIBUS Protocol 193 Accessing PROFIBUS Data 92 Accessing Status Data 93 Active and Passive HSBY Master Status data High byte bits 8 to 15 155 Active and Passive HSBY Master Status data Low byte bits 0 to 7 154 Acyclic Read Mailbox 64 100 Acyclic Write Mailbox 65 101 Alarm Mailbox 65 102 Back Up the Project 36 39 41 Basic Troubleshooting Steps 173 Before You Begin 74 Behavior of segment coupler 2 170 Build the Project 50 Bus Access 195 Bus Parameters 162 165 C Cable Connections 217 Calculate Checksums 35 Calculating System Reaction Time 227 Calculating System Response Time 225 Can use the module in a hot backup system 229 Coldboot Mailbox 71 107 Commissioning of communication with the SK1 segment coupler 167 Commissioning of communication with the SK2 segment coupler 169 Completing the Example Configuration 24 Conditions for Switchover 151 Configuration 60 95 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuration Validation amp SETCRC Function Block 35 78 94 Configure the Memory Size for the Processor 48 Configure the Module with ProSoft Configuration Builder 15 Con
94. 6 Verify Communication between the Processor and the Module 51 3 2 Function Blocks Operation Overview cccccccsscssseeeeseeeseeeseseeeenseeeesseeseseaeenseeeeseees 54 3 3 Derived Function Blocks Overview c ecceeecesseeeeseeeenseeeseeeseseaeeeneeeeseeeseseaeenseeeeeenes 57 3 3 1 Using the Derived Function BIOCKS 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeenaaees 57 3 4 Using Mailbox Function BIOCKS 00 ccceseeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeesesesnenseseeneneeseeeenes 60 Sal sOVEVIEW 2 225 hen Seti te heehee E E E dete alte E 60 S42 lt CONNGUIAUON ioe fone Settee Mattel Ota ee eae ee ee 60 34 3 Trigger BYTES ven cosets aa ae E ea ia dead ear asthe eects eee 61 344 Specitic Input PINS ssc taake n nern eee Rare a aaa a ea 62 34 5 Specific Output PINS sees hee ease tee ee ieee Anai 62 3 5 Mailbox OVervi Ow nic cticsedibeeccecsedtoecteatee Dead eenedeudcteuisvsteeectecdenuedavlarenteecseuadsessectvecrentes 64 3 5 1 Acyclic Read Mailbox orgioita te eee de ee itt 64 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 3 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 5 2 Acyclic Write Mailbox 0 0 eeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeenteeeeeeees 3 5 3 Alarm MADOX oaea RE EER 3 5 4 GetConfiguration Mailbox ecceeeeeeeeeereeereee 3 5 5 GetDiagnostics MailbDOX cc ceeeeeteeeeeeenteeeeeeeee 3 5 6 GetLiveList Mailbox 0 ieee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeees 3 5 7 SetSlav
95. 7 231 Supported PROFIBUS Services 223 System Components 138 System Requirements 210 T The Configuration Debug Menu 178 Time for Switchover 162 Token Passing 195 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 237 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Index PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Token rotation time TTR 162 Y Transition Description 145 Trigger BYTES 61 Your Feedback Please 2 Trigger Register 96 U Understanding System Scan Time in Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity Systems 139 Unsupported functions 163 Update the Ethernet Settings 25 Updating Checksum Values UnityPro XL 35 44 Using a Control Word to Reboot the Module e 72 108 Using Mailbox Function Blocks 60 95 Using Multiple PTQ PDPMV1 Modules with Concept 78 228 Using the Concept Project 92 Using the Derived Function Blocks 57 Using the Diagnostic Window in ProSoft Configuration Builder 178 V Verify Communication between the Processor and the Module 51 Viewing Block Transfer Statistics 181 Viewing Control Registers 184 Viewing Data in ASCII Text Format 186 187 Viewing Data in Decimal Format 185 186 Viewing Data in Floating Point Format 186 187 Viewing Data in Hexadecimal Format 185 186 Viewing Ethernet NIC Configuration 184 Viewing Fieldbus Data 182 Viewing Module Configuration 181 Viewing Module Status 182 Viewing the Next Page of Data 185
96. B_INIT special functions bit 5 7 3 5 ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB HSBY Option Functionality The PCB will be required to setup control and identify matched Primary Standby HSBY PTQ PDPMV1 module sets Considerations should be identified for uploading and downloading of module configuration data as if the dual modules where a single module where as upon downloading the configuration files files are sent to both PTQ modules automatically The PCB will not be required to be concerned with Primary or Standby initially However the PCB will be required to know which module is Primary in order to perform accurate online monitoring Standby master modules will not be communicating with the slave devices A new icon is created to indicate the PROFIBUS configuration is in Hot Standby mode The icon displays as a double PTQ module as seen in the following illustration Bm Default Praject E Profbus DP a Networks PCB Master Configuration Software The configuration software should readily make available HSBY diagnostic and status information in the buss view configuration mode A separate and single master GSD file for a HSBY master should be created and used For simplicity clarity and synchronization purposes the configuration software will allow for a single network configuration to be utilized for the HSBY PTQ master modules For example the user will configure a single network and download the configuration the
97. Bits 8 11 Error code if bit 14 set 1 Queue full 2 Memory Allocation error 3 invalid operating mode command Bits 0 7 contain the operation code requested 0x40 Stop 0x80 Clear 0xC0 Operate e 1173 to N IW 1073 to 73 to N PROFIBUS Input Data Data received from the PROFIBUS IWN Slaves devices on the network Total size of the PROFIBUS Input data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 728 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Input data block PTQ Output Data Block without Mailbox Messaging or Slave Diagnostics 774 words maximum Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 3000 MW3000 0 Set Operating Mode New Bit 15 Handshake if equal to Input word 72 Bit 15 then module has control of word and if not then module has processed request Bits 8 14 reserved for future use Bits 0 7 contain the operation code 0x40 Stop 0x80 Clear 0xC0 Operate 3001 MW 3001 1 Reserved 3002 to 3003 MW3002 to 2 to 3 PROFIBUS CRC32 Computed for PROFIBUS Configuration MW 3003 3004 to 3005 MW3004 to 4to5 Module CRC32 computed for module data MW3005 When the module first starts up or recognized an initialization of the processor it will compare the values of the two CRC s in the input and output images If either one of the CRC s do not match the module will be placed in Stop mode
98. C_ERR_M_MEM_ALLOC Internal memory allocation error 0004h DPMC_ERR_M_L2_REQ Unknown opcode in the configuration 0005h DPMC_ERR_M_INVALID_PAR Invalid parameter in user request 0007h DPMC_ERR_M_NOT_IN_DATA Slave is not in DataExchange thus no DPV1 request can exist 0012h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_ACTIVE A request is already active 0018h DPMC_ERR_M_NOT_ALLOWED Internal DPMC module not initialized correctly 0021h DPMC_ERR_M_CLOSED Internal DPMC instance no longer exists 0022h DPMC_ERR_M_STOPPED Internal DPMC instance has already been stopped 0023h DPMC_ERR_M_STARTED Internal DPMC instance has already been started 0024h DPMC_ERR_M_STATE_UNKNOWN Internal DPMC instance has entered an undefined state 002Fh DPMC_ERR_M_SLAVE_NOT_FOUND Slave does not respond 0031h DPMC_ERR_M_TIMEOUT Active request terminated with timeout 0034h DPMC_ERR_M_INVALID_LEN Invalid length in user request 0035h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_NEG Negative indication from lower layer 0036h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_RE Message frame format error in response 0037h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_WITHDRAW Request was recalled 0038h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_NOT_FOUND Associated request block not found 0040h DPMC_ERR_M MM _FE Format error in request frame 0041h DPMC_ERR_M MM _NI Function not implemented 0042h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_AD Access Denied 0043h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_EA Area too large 0044h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_LE Data block length too large 0045h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_RE Format error in response frame 0046h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_IP Invalid parameter 0047h
99. DEOUT BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE SETOPERATINGMODEIN STARTSLAVES At this point you should notice the following LED display indicating that the module s mode was changed to STOP LED Status MSTR STAT RED COM STAT OFF DBASE STAT GREEN TK HOLD GREEN You will also notice that the function block automatically clears the trigger Byte after it receives the acknowledgment from the module Move a value of 1 to the SelectOperate trigger Byte Table Force Name SETOPERATINGMODE Ou SelectOperate SelectStop SelectClear ConfRequired In StartSlaves Type SETOPERATINGMODE SETOPERATINGMODEOUT BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE SETOPERATINGMODEIN STARTSLAWES At this point you should notice the following LED display indicating that the module s mode was changed to OPERATE LED Status MSTR STAT GREEN COM STAT GREEN or OFF DBASE STAT GREEN TK HOLD GREEN The COM STAT LED will be either GREEN if the master is communicating with all slaves blinking if it is communicating with some of the slaves or OFF if it is not communicating with any slaves You will also notice that the function block automatically clears the trigger register after it receives the acknowledgment from the module ProSoft Technology Inc Page 63 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 5 Mailbox Ov
100. DPM 1_MAILVAR GetLive List Out GetLi i i PTOPDPM 1_MAILVAR GetLiveList Out GetList x PTOPDPM 1_STATOUT PTOPDPM 1_STATOUT PTOPDPM 1_MAILOUT i i PTOPDPM 1_tMAILOUT PTOQPDPMV1_STATIN PTOPDPMYV1_MAILVAR GetLiveList In ReturnCode PTOPDPM 41 _ MAILIN i PFOPDPhV4_MAILVAR GetLiveList in Faultinfo gt gt PTOQPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetLiveList In StationStatus Page 68 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 5 7 SetSlaveAddress Mailbox Function Block SETADDRESS Trigger Byte SetAddress Description The SETADDRESS mailbox can be used to change the slave address Only specific PROFIBUS devices support this feature The application must set the CurrentSlaveAddress current address and NewSLAddress new address input pins It is also possible to deliver user data through the MessageData input pin the number of bytes must be set through the LengthIn input pin The SlaveldentNumberlIn input pin must be set with the Ident number for the slave The FaultInformation output pin can be check for mailbox status information PTQPDPM 1_Sample MAST PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out SetS PFOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd Out SetSlaveAddress d PTQPDPM 1_STATOUT PFOPDPMV1_STATOUT i PTOQPDPMV41_MAILOUT i Mi PFOPDPMV4_MAILOUT i PTOPDPMV4I_STATIN PFOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSlaveAdd In ErrorCode d PTQPDPMV41_MAILIN
101. DPMC_ERR_M_MM_SC Sequence conflict 0048h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_SE Sequence error 0049h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_NE Area non existent 004Ah DPMC_ERR_M_MM_DI Data incomplete or incorrect 004Bh DPMC_ERR_M_MM_NC Master parameter set not compatible 004Ch DPMC_ERR_M_S7_XA 004Dh DPMC_ERR_M_S7_XR PROFIBUS error for DPV1 NRS PDU received 004Eh DPMC_ERR_M_S7_XW Page 136 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 7 7 1 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Hot Standby Support In This Chapter gt Hot Standby Overview cccccceccceccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 137 gt Setting Up the Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity System E E geste E E eater E E E A 142 gt PTQ PDPMV1 Operation eerren 152 gt PTQ PDPMV1 Master Bus Properties when using a P amp F DP PA Segment Coupler 2 2 cs cccccieccceescesececeaeeesenetdecceceteeseeveneeeees 166 Hot Standby Overview This section provides an overview of the PTQ PDPMV1 PROFIBUS DP Master module specifications and startup support for Modicon Quantum Hot Standby system Use a Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system and PROFIBUS when downtime cannot be tolerated Hot standby systems deliver high availability through redundancy A hot standby system consists of two identical configurations Modicon Quantum 140 CPU 671 60 Modicon Quantum Power Supply Module Modicon Quantum RIO Head ProSoft Technology PTQ PDPMV1 module hardw
102. Export the new processor files to a different folder for example C temp 2 Use a text editor such as Notepad exe to open the exported DTY file Select and copy the PROFIBUS DATAF data type definitions These are the last two data types defined in the DTY file The name of these data types will vary depending on the module name you entered but they will always have _IN_DATAF and OUT_DATAF suffixes For example if the module name was configured as PTQPDPMV1 select and copy the following data types TYPE PTQPDPMV1_IN_DATAF END_TYPE TYPE PTOPDPMV1_OUT_DATAF END_TYPE 3 Open the DTY file in C project DFB and paste the data types at the end of the file Save and close the file With this procedure you will obtain a final merged DTY file for all PTQ PDPMV1 modules for your application Page 228 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 9 11 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Frequently Asked Questions 9 11 1 How do configure the module The PTQ PDPMV1 requires a simple text based configuration file to make it operational 9 11 2 Is a MDC available for configuration of the Module Yes The CD ROM that ships with the module should have a version for both Concept 2 5 and 2 6 in the PTQ PDPMV1 directory 9 11 3 Does the module work in a remote rack The module is designed to be located in the chassis with the PLC and will not operate in a remo
103. GETCFS ISetConfig StatOut PTOQPDPM V41_STATIN F PTOPDPMV1 MAILIN gt PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetConfig Qut SlaveAddress PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetLiveList Out GetLi E PTOPDPMYV1_STATOUT PTOPDPMV1I_MAILOUT PTQPDPM V1_STATIN PTOPDPMVA MAILIN PTOPDPM 1_MAILVAR GetGiag Out G etDiag etDiagnostics lt PTQPDPMV4_STATOUT PTQPDPM V1_MAILOUT PTQPDPM V4_STATIN F PTQPDPM 1_MAILIN gt PTOQPDPM V41_MAILVAR GetGiag Out SlaveAddre MailOut StatiN MaillN SlaveAddr SlaveAddress ErrorCode ReturnCode Faultinformation GETLIVE iG etList StatOut PTOPDPht 1_MAILVAR GetConfig Out GetContig PTOPDPMM 1_STATOUT h PTOQPDPhM 1_MAILOUT PTOPDPht 1_MAILVAR GetConfig In ByteCount PTOPDPhM 1_MAILVAR GetC onfig In WordCount PTOPDPh 1_MAILVAR GetConfig In SlaveAddress PTOPDPhMV1_MAILVAR GetConfig In ErrorCode PTQPDPhMV1_MAILVAR GetConfig In ReturnCode PTOPDPhM 1_MAILVAR GetConfig In Faultinfo PFOPDP itv _MAILVAR GetConfig In Slave GetList P TOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetLiveList Out GetList StatOut P TOPDPMV1_STATOUT PTOPDPMV1_MAILOUT i PTOPDPMY1_MAILVAR GetLiveList In ReturnCode PFOPDP MMV _MAILVAR GetLiveList In F aultinfo PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetLiveList In StationStatus GETDIAGNOSTICS GetDiagnostics PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag Out GetDiag PTOPDPMW1_STATOUT PTOPDPMV1_MAILOUT PFOPDPhMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In SlaveAddress PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In ExtF aultinfo PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR Get
104. Giag In F aultinfo PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In StationStatus PTOPDPM V1_MAILVAR GetGiag In MasterAddress PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In ldentNumber ExtendedDiagData P TOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In ExtDiagData Page 54 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL MailOut 0 StatIn MailBoxData_LastOutMailboxMessageID No Latest block k processed by Yes the module v Any function Ix No block commands Yes pending Y Copy the command to mailbox buffer Y Increment the mailbox ID sends mailbox to module Each mailbox data structure is implemented through variables that are divided into Out and In data structures where Out values copied from the processor to the module In values copied from the module to the processor Each Out data structure contains a Cmd bit After the Cmd bit is toggled the logic will increment the mailbox ID output to send the mailbox request to the module The following illustration shows the interface for the SetOperatingMode mailbox SETOPERATINGMODE Out SelectOperate SelectStop SelectClear ConfRequired In Mode ConfRequired Faultinformation StartSlaves SETOPERATINGMODE SETOPERATINGMODEOQUT BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE SETOPERATINGMODEIN BYTE BYTE WORD STARTSLAVES The following condition indicates that the modu
105. If each set matches the module will be placed in Operate mode Page 200 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 3006 to N MW3006 to 6 toN PROFIBUS Output Data Data going to the PROFIBUS N Network Total size of the PROFIBUS Output data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 728 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Output data block Input Block Status Data Details The PTQ PDPMV1 module s Input Data block contains several types of data in addition to the PROFIBUS network Input data Much of this data is useful for determining the operational status and the configuration of the module The types of data returned in the PROFIBUS Input Status area include oOahwND Module Configuration data values PTQ Software revision level Key PROFIBUS configuration values PROFIBUS Master hardware software revision level PTQ module statistics Mailbox messaging control and status The following table is received from the PTQ module during every PROFIBUS Input Data Block update Quantum Unity Relative Name Description Address Address Word Example Example Offset 1000 W 1000 0 Module ID Unique module 10 byte pattern Text identifier string
106. Inc May 30 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 On the shortcut menu choose Diagnostics J Default Project H Default Location Delete Rename Copy Paste Choose Module Type Gonfigure View Configuration Write to Gompact Flash Export Configuration File s Load Config File Add External File Download from PC to Device Upload from Device to PC 3 This action opens the following dialog box Press to display the Main Menu PTQ PDPMV1 COMMUNICATION MODULE MENU Display Menu B Block Transfer Statistics C Module Configuration I Input Data View O Output Data View V Version Information 1 Module Status 2 Fieldbus Data 3 Control Registers 4 Ethernet NIC Configuration View Network Configuration Esc Exit Program and Reboot Module If there is no response from the module follow these steps 1 Verify that the cable is connected properly between your computer s serial or Ethernet port and the module A regular serial cable will not work 2 Oncomputers with more than one serial port verify that your communication program is connected to the same port that is connected to the module If you are still not able to establish a connection you can contact ProSoft Technical Services for assistance 8 5 2 Navigation All of the sub menus for this module contain commands to redisplay the menu or return to the previous menu You can alway
107. NNEL 140 NOE 311 00 140 NOE 351 00 140 NOE 771 00 140 NOE 771 01 140 NOE 77110 QUANTUM SY MAX ETHERNET MODULE QUANTUM SY MAX ETHERNET MODULE ETHERNET TCP IP BASIC WEB SERVER ETHERNET TCP IP BASIC WEB SERVER ETHERNET TCP IP CONFIGURABLE WEB 140 NOE 771 11 ETHERNET TCP IP CONFIGURABLE WEB 140 NOM 2x 00 MN1 MB 140 NWM 100 00 FACTORYCAST HMI WEB SERVER MODULE PTO PDP M1 Counting 140XBE 10000 LEXPANDER ProfiBus DP Master Module ion 1 0 supp Eje Discrete 5 Click the sign next to Communication to open the list of Communication devices Select PTQ PDPMV1 from the list and then click OK This action adds the module to the Local Bus image fP Local Bus Bus ef 140 CPU 434124 U 02 00 r Biel E 6 Repeat the previous two steps to add other devices such as power supplies to the rack 7 When you have finished adding devices open the File menu and choose Save This action saves the project to the hard drive on your PC ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 47 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 1 3 Configure the Memory Size for the Processor Part of the processor configuration process allocates memory to use in the processor to store input and output data from the module For installations where the processor co
108. NOT_WORD RRE a FFB soned __Liray _ _pr Close Help on Type Help Insert the SETCRC function block at the MAINPTQ section SL EEE FBI_1 1 1 ee ee eres af al gt Page 86 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Select the imported variables to be associated with the input and output pins The input status and output status variables must be the same ones that were previously imported by PCB Double click at the StatOut pin and click LookUp Connect FFB FBI_1_1 SETCRC x Input StatOut PTQ_OUT_STATUS j5 connect with Variable J C Direct address Name Lookup Variable declaration Cancel Help Select the existing variable that was previously imported to the project Lookup Variables x Data Type Filter Kind Filter Name Elementary none gi Structured V Constant E IV Unlocated Variable a PTG_OUT_STATU Freese are Rescan PTQPDPMY1_Out_Stat AT 2403000 PTQ_OUT_STATUS IPTOPDPMV1 Out Stat 1 Entrie s found Double click at the StatIn pin and select LookUp Input Statin PTG_IN_STATUS fa connect with Variable ej C Direct address Name Variable declaration _ox Cancel Help ProSoft Technology Inc Page 87 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Mas
109. No No DDLM_Upload DPVO No No DDLM_End_Seq DPVO No No DDLM_Act_Param_Brct DPVO No No DDLM_Act_Param DPVO No No MSAC1_Read DPV1 Yes MSAC1_Write DPV1 Yes MSAL1_ Alarm DPV1 Yes MSAL1_Alarm_Ack DPV1 Yes MSAC2_Initiate DPV1 No MSAC2_Read DPV1 No MSAC2_Write DPV1 No MSAC2_DataTransport DPV1 No MSAC2_ Abort DPV1 No Data_eXchange_Broadcast DPV2 No Isochrone_mode Takt sync DPV2 No Extended _Set_Prm DPV2 No Subscriber ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 223 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 8 Quantum to PTQ Communication Protocol The vehicle utilized for transferring data between the PTQ module and the processor are two blocks of data PTQ Input Data Block PTQ Output Data Block Each of these data blocks controlled by the PTQ consists of a structure of data that provides for the movement of Input Data image from PROFIBUS Slave devices Output Data image for writing to PROFIBUS Slave devices PTQ Module Configuration and Status from PTQ to processor PROFIBUS Messaging Mailbox commands from processor to PTQ PROFIBUS Messaging Mailbox responses from PTQ to processor It is important to understand the process and flow of this data The following illustration describes the mechanism in a block diagram overview Several asynchronous data transfer loops occur simultaneously UNITY PTQ Module PTQ PROFIBUS PROFIBUS Processor BP Buffer Master Slaves Begin of Scan
110. O Discrete Doc Only 1 True MCS Simple 1 0 Ordinary MCS Simple 2 0000 0000 Default Parameter Data Rack View Bitmap PTQ bmp Drop View Bitmap PTO bmp The following modules will be available after importing the SAF file Card Description Use With Following Module s PTQPDPMV1 PTQ PDPMV1 module PTQ All PTQ modules except PTQ PDPMV1 Page 110 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with ProoWORX 32 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 5 Close the Schneider Alliances application and run the Proworx software 6 Atthe Traffic Cop section select either the PTQ or PTQPDPMV1 cards to be inserted at the selected slot Traffic Cop testx E Quantum Tratfic Cop AE Head 00 Local FF Drop 01 Quantum Series 0 R k 0 CPS 114 CPU 434 PTQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Rack 02 GE Head 02 Distributed Available 5400 mA Module PTQ Quantum Series Desoriotion Protak Communication Module 3 Power Ratna 800 m Status Register x Input Points 0000 1024 Output Points 0000 1024 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 111 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with ProoWORX 32 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Page 112 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1
111. OAOOh Failed to read diagnostic data from slave Refer to Return Codes page 134 for additional fault information OBOOh Remote station failure Refer to Return Codes page 134 for additional fault information FE00h Command not possible module operates as a Class 2 master only FFOOh Module offline not initialized or no valid database Page 120 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Station Status 1 3 Refer to EN50170 Vol 2 for more information Master Address Address of the master that parameterized the slave Ident Number Unique ID assigned by the PROFIBUS User Organization Extended Diagnostic Data Slave user specific data Refer to the documentation for the actual slave for more information 6 2 3 Mailbox Message Get Slave Configuration This command reads the actual configuration identifier bytes of a specified slave Note The response data size depends on the actual slave implementation Range 6 to 244 Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name GET SLAVE CONFIGURATION Command Number 0500h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Get Slave Configuration Message information 0204h Command Get Slave Configuration Data size 0000h Size of data ii of identifier bytes
112. OFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 2 Step 2 Convert the Function Blocks page 78 The ASC function blocks exported at step 1 must be converted before used in the Concept project This step shows how to convert the function blocks from ASC to DFB format Step 3 Setup the Concept Project page 81 This step shows how to setup the Concept Project and configure the required amount of processor memory for your application Step 4 Import the Variables page 83 This step shows how to import the variables into your Concept project by using the txt file obtained at step 1 The PCB configuration will determine the addressing of the variables Step 5 Create the Function Block Instances page 86 This step shows how to create an instance of the function blocks that were converted at step 2 It also shows that some function block pins must be linked with the variables that were imported at step 4 Step 6 Download the Project to the Quantum processor page 92 Once you download your project to the Quantum processor the procedure is completed After you followed these steps you can refer to the following topics for more information on how to perform basic tasks Using the Concept Project This section shows how to access PROFIBUS data and status information through the imported variables It also shows how to perform a mailbox request from the processor Mailbox Overview This section provides a general overview of the mailbox fun
113. Outgoing Mailbox command the PTQ will set the Last_Out_Mailbox_Message_ID in the Output Data image to match the outgoing Message ID in the Output image This event on the processor side can be used by the processor logic to clear the outgoing Message ID if desired 6 2 1 Mailbox Message Set Slave Mode In addition to station related user data transfer which is executed automatically the master can send control commands to a single slave a group of slaves or all slaves simultaneously These control commands are transmitted as multicast commands This permits use of sync and freeze modes for event controlled synchronization of the slaves The slaves begin sync mode when they receive a sync command from their assigned master The outputs of all addressed slaves are then frozen in their current state During subsequent user data transmissions the output data are stored at the slaves but the output states remain unchanged The stored output data are not sent to the outputs until the next sync command is received Sync mode is concluded with the unsync command Page 116 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Similarly a freeze control command causes the addressed slaves to assume freeze mode In this operating mode the states of the inputs are frozen until the master sends the next freeze command Freeze mode is concluded with the unfreeze command N
114. PTOPDPMMV1_MAILIN i i PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode ln ConfRequired PTOPDPMV1I_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out ContR ConfiirmRequired Faultinformationf PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode ln F aultinfo ProSoft Technology Inc Page 69 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 5 9 SetSlaveMode Mailbox Function Block SETSLMODE Trigger Byte SetSlaveMode Description The SETSLMODE function block can be used to request the module to sync unsync freeze or unfreeze The slave address must be selected through the SlaveAddrin input pin If the operation is directed to a group of slaves then the Group number must be set through the GroupIn input pin parameter The actual code that will select the operation type must be configured through the Controlln input pin Please check the User Manual for the valid control codes SETSLMODE 70 PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSIMode Out SetSlave SetSlaveMode SetSlaveMode PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSiMode Out SetSlaveMode popes POR eer aes PTOPDPMV1_STATOUT sStatOut StatOut PTOPDPMV4_STATOUT 0 ee PTOPDPMV1_MAILOUT MailOut MailOut H PTQPDPMV1_MAILOUT PTOPDPMVI_STATIN SlaveAddrOut PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSiMode In SlaveAddress PTOPDPMV4_MAILIN i GroupOut PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSiMode In GroupSelect PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSIMode Qut SlaveAd Contr
115. PTOPDPMY 4_MAILOUT M ailOut Mai PTOQPDPM 41_MAILOUT PTOQPDPM 4_STATIN StatIN PFOPDPht1_MAILVAR GetGiag In SlaveAddress PTOPDPM 4_MAILIN MaillN PTOPDPMYV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In ExtF aultinfo PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR RE Cetelag Out SlaveAddress SlaveAddress PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In F aultinfo PTOPDPM V1_MAILVAR GetGiag In StationStatus PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In MasterAddress PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In ldentNumber ExtendedDiagData PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag In ExtDiagData 3 5 6 GetLiveList Mailbox Function Block GETLIVE Trigger Byte GetList Description The GETLIVE function block can be used to read the live list from the module containing the status of each device at the PROFIBUS network The live list is stored at the StationStatus output pin The live list data is an array of bytes stored as follows StationStatus 0 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 0 StationStatus 1 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 1 StationStatus 2 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 2 StationStatus 3 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 3 StationStatus 4 status of device configured with PROFIBUS address 4 BoC Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 133 for further information about the valid status codes The ReturnCode and FaultInformation output pins can be used for mailbox status information PTQPDPMY1_Sample MAST PTOP
116. Q PDPMV1 modules Concept txt files for variables 2 4 Configure the Processor If you have followed the previous steps in order your PTQ module is now configured with the settings for your PROFIBUS Master and Slaves The final task is to import this information into the processor This task allows the processor to communicate with the PTQ module and its slave devices over the backplane The following topics will describe the different procedures for Unity and Concept platforms IMPORTANT NOTE The following four steps are required in order to get the system will be up and running without any complications 1 Download configuration to module from PCB 2 Export files XFM and XSY from PCB 3 Import XFM file that was exported in step 2 4 Import XSY file that was exported in Step 2 Page 38 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL In This Chapter gt Import the Functional Module cceeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeees 39 gt Function Blocks Operation Overview cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 54 gt Derived Function Blocks Overview cscceesseeeestreeeeenaes 57 gt Using Mailbox Function Blocks cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 60 gt Mailbox OVErViIOW i ececeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeenneeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeenneeeeeeas 64 3 1 Import the Functional Mod
117. ROFIBUS PA channel TCycle_DP Cycle time of the PROFIBUS DP Note Pepperl Fuchs recommends three times the PROFIBUS PA cycle time Page 170 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 7 4 4 Details for calculating the TWD parameter The PA cycle time TCycle_PA_channel depends on 1 The number n of stations on a channel 2 The effective data length L2 average of the total of input and output data of all devices number of bytes unit less Cycle time can be calculated in an approximate manner as TCycle_PA_channel n 0 256ms L 12ms 40ms Note For more information on calculating cycle time and other related data fro the SK1 or SK2 refer to PEPPERL amp FUCHS Instructions Manual Segment Coupler SK1 and SK2 The above information references PEPPERL amp FUCHS Instructions Manual Segment Coupler SK1 and SK2 For additional information about the SK1 or SK2 please contact PEPPERL amp FUCHS ProSoft Technology Inc Page 171 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Page 172 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 8 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting In This Chapter gt Basic Troubleshooting Steps ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 173 gt LED Status Ind
118. TQ PDPMV1 HSBY Diagnostic Data cccccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeesneeeeeneess 152 1 3 2 Time for Switch ve riisto penni eii eia aAa tans eet a eiria ei Eat 162 3 3 Bus Parameters c adi tieiiiol Madani addi aloe 162 7 3 4 HSBY Master GSD file oo cee ccce cece ceece cece ee caeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeesaaeeseeeeesnaeesseaeeeeeeseeneess 163 7 3 5 ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB HSBY Option Functionality eee 164 7 4 PTQ PDPMV1 Master Bus Properties when using a P amp F DP PA Segment Coupler Bs eau E hee S E A EET EEEE E ETN EE E E EEE a AE ETET 166 7 4 4 PROFIBUS DP time behavior 0 cccccccecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeseneeseeneess 166 7 4 2 Commissioning of communication with the SK1 segment coupler ceeee 167 7 4 3 Commissioning of communication with the SK2 segment coupler ceee 169 74 4 Details for calculating the TWD parameter e ccc eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 171 8 DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING cscccescesseeeeseeeeeseeeseeeseseeeenseeeeseeeseseeeenseeeeenees 173 8 1 Basic Troubleshooting Steps scccsseccseeceeeseeeseeeeseeeeneeeeseeaeseseeeeneeeeseaeseseeeenseeeeeas 173 8 2 LED Status Indicators Front of PTQ module ccseccesseeeeseeseeeeseeseensenaeenenanes 174 8 3 Module Status INdiCators ccscccesecesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseaeeesneeeeeeeescaeseseeenseeesseaesaseenenseeeeeas 177 8 4 PROFIBUS Master Indicato
119. This serial download procedure must be performed for both master HSBY modules Note The processor Quantum or Unity must be in Stop mode before you download the file to the module Use the processor s softkeys on the display keypad or the processor s configuration program to stop the processor The final step is to verify that ProSoft Configuration Builder can communicate with the module using an Ethernet connection 1 Plug in an Ethernet cable between the module and an Ethernet hub or router i HSBY Note You must leave the Ethernet cable connected to both Hot Standby modules at all times The configuration download will not proceed unless both modules are connected 2 In the tree view in ProSoft Configuration Builder click once to select the PTQ PDPMV1 module 3 Open the Project menu and then choose Module and then choose Diagnostics This action opens the Diagnostics window 4 Choose Ethernet as the connection type and then enter the IP address Press the key on your keyboard If the module is communicating successfully you will see a menu like this Diagnostics Time 15 43 07 PTQ PDPMY1 COMMUNICATION MODULE MENU Display Menu B Block Transfer Statistics C Module Configuration I Input Data View O Output Data View V Version Information 1l Module Status 2 Fieldbus Data 3 Control Registers 4 Ethernet NIC Configuration View Network Configuration Esc Exit Program and Reboot Module Ethernet x Connectio
120. US monitor Page 16 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 1 1 Set Up the Project To begin start ProSoft Configuration Builder If you have used other Windows configuration tools before you will find the screen layout familiar ProSoft Configuration Builder s window consists of a tree view on the left an information pane and a configuration pane on the right side of the window When you first start ProSoft Configuration Builder the tree view consists of folders for Default Project and Default Location with a Default Module in the Default Location folder The illustration below shows the ProSoft Configuration Builder window with a new project Untitled ProSoft Configuration Builder jor x File Edit Project View Help E G Default Project Default Location Default Module Please Select Module Type WARDS Unknown 1 Last Change Never Last Download Never Module Information M jress Add S ConfigEdit version 1 0 9 81 Module Configuration Module Module Type Module Name Default Module Updating data from new database Your first task is to add the PTQ PDPMV1 module to the project 1 Use the mouse to select Default Module in the tree view and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu ProSoft Technology Inc Page 17 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1
121. V1 1 A switch over with a partial application context had been classified as too much dangerous against people and goods SW61 15 If set 1 it indicates that the Copro device is set up correctly and working How the PTQ detects when a switch over is detected PTQ and master bus scanner must change state of behavior when the PLC changes its state within 100 ms not to exceed 300 ms PTQ reads every scan the PLC status in word 102 SW61 of the configuration table Crossed status information The ping message communicates status information between the active and passive master and vice versa A part of this crossed status information CSI would be presented in the HSBY Remote status HSBY Nr of remote slaves registers These registers would be updated every time new status information is received from the counterpart Polling for new status information takes place every TA ms The PTQ module application will forward this information to Quantum processor which in turn would determine by user application if a switchover should be carried out or not Page 158 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following illustration shows how CSI is communicated between the two masters and how it is displayed in the Field bus specific area of the DPRAM Fieldbus specific area of passive master Fieldbus specific area of active master m Applicat
122. V1 Master the standard settings of the bus parameters of the PROFIBUS DP Class 1 master must be changed Note If the bus parameters are not changed no data exchange is possible between the PROFIBUS DP master and the PROFIBUS PA slave PROFIBUS DP configuration tools do not always make it possible to set parameters for all bus parameters that are indicated in the following table There are however dependencies that the configuration tool uses to calculate the dependant variable from the adjustable parameter value The following graph shows the standard settings of these parameter values for operation with the non modular segment coupler Parameter Value Description Baud rate kBit s 93 75 PROFIBUS DP transfer rate TSL tbit DP 4095 Slot Time Min TSDR tbit DP 22 Min Station Delay Time TID2 tbit DP 1000 Idle2 Time Max TSDR 1000 Max Station Delay Time TID1 tbit DP 145 Idle1 Time TSET tbit DP 55 Setup Time TQUI tbit DP 0 Quiet Time G 10 Gap Factor HSA 126 Highest Station Address max_retry_limit 1 Repetitions in event of failure The PROFIBUS DP transfer rate is fixed at 93 75 kbit s for non modular segment couplers The bit time is thus tbit DP 10 67 us The PROFIBUS PA transfer rate is fixed at 31 25 kBit s while the bit time is tbit PA 32 us The slot time setting of the table above works if the total of input data bytes plus output data bytes lt 253 bytes If the data volume
123. W1043 43 PROFIBUS status Bit 2 Application Status 0 Application Stopped 1 Application Running Bit 8 data exchange FBRS 0 There is no data exchange with any of the assigned Slaves 1 There is Data Exchange with at least one of the assigned Slaves Bit 9 slave input frozen cleared FBFC 0 A slaves inputs in the IN area are cleared in a slave is not in Data Exchange 1 A slave s inputs in the IN area are frozen if a slave is not in Data Exchange Bit 12 reset RDR 0 No action 1 A resetis requested by the PROFIBUS Master module because a new database has been downloaded CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration 1044 to configuration downloaded from configuration utility IW 1044 Checksum 1045 to IW1045 45 PTQ Module PTQ PDPMV1 module configuration checksum for module 1046 to configuration configuration downloaded from configuration utility lW 1046 checksum 1047 IW1047 47 Application program scan counter PTQ module program scan counter Can be used to gauge application code scan time performance odule PROFIBUS utput image data pdate counter 1048 IW1048 48 co Counter representing the number of times the output data image is transferred to the modules internal master odule PROFIBUS input image data update counter 1049 IW1049 49 Counter representing the number of times the input data image is transferred from the modules internal master
124. Y Passive CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration PROFIBUS CRC32 downloaded from configuration utility via UDP from UDP HSBY Server 1066 to IW1066 66 to 67 1167 to IW1167 HSBY Passive User PTQ PDPMV1 module configuration checksum for module Cfg CRC32 from UDP configuration downloaded from configuration utility via UDP HSBY Server New HSBY Input Status Data Word Details Quantum Address Unity Address Relative Word Description Example Example Offset 1060 IW 1060 60 Active HSBY Master Status data and number of slaves seen by this master 1061 IW1061 61 Passive HSBY Master Status data and number of slaves seen by this master Word offset 60 HSBY Active Master Status data HSBY Active of slaves High byte HSBY Active Status Low byte 15 8 7 0 Word offset 61 HSBY Passive Master Status data HSBY Passive of slaves High byte HSBY Passive Status Low byte 15 8 7 0 Active and Passive HSBY Master Status data Low byte bits 0 to 7 Note Bits 0 to 7 are not considered valid until the HS bit equals one that is Master module is initialized as a HSBY master Passive or Active Once set the HS bit will keep this value for the remaining active session until the Master module is either reset or HSBY state changes to Not connected All bits would be set to zero at power up and when the HSBY state equals Not connected
125. _Mailbox PTQ1_In_Status gt Statin RetCode gt RetCode3 PTQ1_In_Mailbox gt Mailln Faultinf F aultinfo3 SlavStat gt SlaveStatus Select NOT CONNECTED Page 104 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 12 7 SetSlaveAddress Mailbox Function Block SETADDRS Trigger Register SetAddr Description The SETADDRS mailbox can be used to change the slave address Only specific PROFIBUS devices support this feature The application must set the CurAdIn current address and NewAdIn new address input pins It is also possible to deliver user data through the MsgData input pin the number of bytes must be set through the LgnthIn input pin The Slvidin input pin must be set with the Ident number for the slave The FaultInf output pin can be check for mailbox status information EB Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ of x File Edit Yiew Objects Project Online Options Window Help Q abae t in 5 a E FBI_1_13 10 SETADDRS SetSlaveAddress gt SetAddr gt S etSlaveAddress lt PTQ1_Out_Status gt StatOut gt PTOQ1_Out_Status PTOQ1_Out_Mailbox gt ilOut MailQut gt gt PTQ1_Out_Mailbox PTQ1_In_Status gt EnCode gt EnCoded PTQ1_In_Mailbox gt i Faultinf gt F aultinfo SlavelDin gt ShvldOut SlavelDOut Lengthing gt CurAdOut gt C
126. _OUT_DATAF 400151 PTQPDPMY1_Out_Mail PTG_OUT_MAILBOx 400007 PTQPDPMY1_Out_Stat PTG_OUT_STATUS 400001 z a a a a z z J E 5 E 10 Repeat the same procedure for all other pins until the function block configuration is completed al TEST 5 x es FBI_1_1 1 SETCRC StatOut SiatOut Statin PTOPDPMYV1_Out_Statl gt gt PTOPDPMV4_Out_Stat PTOPDPMV1_In_Statl gt FBI_1_2 2 SETOFMD SetOperate gt SetOper SetOper SetOperate SetClear gt SetClear SetClear gt SetClear p SetStop D gt SetStop SetStop C gt SetStop PTQPDPM 1_Out_Statl gt StatOut StatOut gt PTOQPDPMV1_Out_Stat PTQPDPMV1_Out_Mail gt MailOut MailOut PTQPDPMV1_Out_Mail PTOPDPMY1_In_Mail gt Mailln Mode Modet PTOPDPMV1_In_Statl gt Statin CanfReq1 ConfReqi Tia ean ContirmReg gt ConfReq Faultinf fFaultinfo 11 Save the Concept Project File Save Project ProSoft Technology Inc Page 91 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 9 4 10 Note While analyzing the project depending on the number of mailbox function blocks used the following error message might be generated E Concept C PROJECTWTOPROJ ox fie Project Online Options Window Help Ci clot eS Fs ea 5 eral PTOPROJ Configured size of Global Data too small in dialog Memory Statisti
127. a Bus Cable for PROFIBUS DP ccccsccsseeeseeeeeeeeesseeeseseeeeeseeeeeas 218 9 7 Supported PROFIBUS ServiCes sccssecceseeeseeeeesseeeeseeeeeseeseseeeenseeeeeseseseeesnseeeenes 223 9 8 Quantum to PTQ Communication Protocol ccsecccescesseeeeseeeeeeeeesseeseeseeneeseeeeeas 224 9 9 Calculating System Response Time cccsscccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseeseeneneeeeeeas 225 9 9 1 How to Calculate PROFIBUS Time TMC4 oe ccceececeecce cece ee eeeeeeencaeeeeeeeeetenaees 226 9 9 2 Calculating System Reaction Time ccecececeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeieeeeeteeeeesiieeeeetneeeeee 227 9 10 Using Multiple PTQ PDPMV1 Modules with Concept csssececssseereessseeeees 228 9 11 Frequently Asked Questions cccsssccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeneeeeeecaeseseeesnseeeeeeeeeseaeseseeneneees 229 9 11 1 How do I configure the MOdUIC eect eee eeteee ee ette eee e tees ee tees seeteeeeetnaeeeeee 229 9 11 2 Is a MDC available for configuration of the Module 0 0 0 0 ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeees 229 9 11 3 Does the module work in a remote rack cccccecceceeeeeeeeeecaeceeeeeeeeenneeaaeeeeeeeeteees 229 9 11 4 Can I use the module in a hot backup system eceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeettneeeeeetteeeeees 229 SUPPORT SERVICE amp WARRANTY cccccsscseseeeeeeeeeeeeeescaesenneeeeseesesaesaseeeeneeeeseaesasnaesaseeeeeeeeess 231 Module Service and Repair cccceeccesccesseeeeeneeeeeeeees
128. active master and the passive master Using a Control Word to Reboot the Module If you need to coldboot the module without using the Coldboot mailbox use the ModuleStatus_SetOperatingMode control word gt To reboot the module 1 Enter the value 16 9999 Hex in the ModuleStatus_SetOperatingMode register as shown in the following illustration 2 Add the following lines to the program file i WORD St eserved 0 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusCRC32 1160380008 UDINT ModuleStatus_ModuleCRC32 848886032 UDINT E Coldbootfunction MAST IF PTQPDPMV1_NoMB_StatIn ModuleStatus_ControlData 16 0099 THEN PTOPDPMV1_NoMB_StatOut ModuleStatus_SetOperatingMode 16 0000 END_IF This logic will reset the value in ModuleStatus_SetOperatingMode to 16 0000 Hex Note It is normal for the Passive Master in Hot Standby applications to reboot twice using this procedure Page 72 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 Configuring the Processor with Concept In This Chapter gt OVGIVIOW einne oe eana r E EENE AALE NEEE 73 gt Before You Beis ci ccccccceccecseeetcen saves ceatesesteasectcesssteceeeseseseeuds 74 gt Information for Concept Version 2 6 Users ccccccceeeeeeees 75 gt Step 1 Exporting the Files from PCB 0 hecceeceeeeteeeee 76 gt Step 2 Convert the Func
129. addresses use ProSoft Configuration Builder to change the values in the WATTCFP file If the default values are OK and you are using an Ethernet connection please connect your PC to the PTQ PDPMV1 module using either of the methods described below Ethernet Crossover Cable f From RJ45 ENET To RJ45 ENET Port port adati THT i HiH BEJ Ltd LJ S g Pll gi Page 12 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Start Here PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master PC to Ethernet Port Connection via Hub Ethernet Patch Cables 6 AHN Hub f VE PoC 1 3 3 PTQ PDPMV1 Configuration Debug Port Note After the Ethernet settings are correctly configured only the Ethernet port should be used for configuration changes diagnostics and PROFIBUS monitor ProSoft Technology Inc Page 13 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Page 14 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 2 2 1 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuring the Module In This Chapter gt Configure the Module with ProSoft Configuration Builder 15 gt Downloading the Ethernet Configuration to the Module 25 gt Configure the PROFIBUS Master aeee 27 gt Configure the Processor ccccccees
130. agnostics Y Input Data Block 1369 words maximum Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 1000 to 1172 IW1000 to 0 to 72 Configuration and Status data IW1172 1173 IW1173 73 Number of Messages in the In Mailbox Queue 1174 IW1174 74 Number of Messages in the Out Mailbox Queue 1175 IW1175 75 Number of Messages in the Alarm Queue 1176 IW1176 76 Last Out Mailbox Message ID processed from Output Image 1177 IW1177 77 Current In Mailbox Control Index 1178 IW1178 78 Current Alarm Control Index 1179 to 1222 W1179 to 79 to 222 Incoming Mailbox Message data 144 word Incoming IW1222 Message block 1222 to 1600 W1223 to 223 600 Incoming Slave 6 byte Diagnostics data for 126 slaves 378 IW 1600 words of data for slaves 0 to 125 1601 to N W 1601 to 601 to N PROFIBUS Input Data Data received from the PROFIBUS IWN Slaves devices on the network Total size of the PROFIBUS Input data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 728 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Input data block ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 197 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Output Data Block 918 words maximum Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 3000 MW3000 0 Lastin Mailbox
131. ailbox troubleshooting Scan count Mailbox counters Alarm counters Hot Standby status Number of acyclic read and write operations performed by the module You can also view the number of mailbox messages in the input and output queues and the number of alarms in the alarm queue i HSBY Note The following status reports new HSBY information 1438Y State Remote PE Matr Ocg Lacal P3 Mstr 1392 I45BY UDF Message ler 12 Mog rn kex 0883 FESC GE CAC2D7E9 Page 182 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master HSBY State 0 Not Connected 1 Passive 2 Active 3 Stand alone This is not a HSBY state Rather it provides the state of the master when HSBY is disabled Remote PB Mstr Same as offset word 60 Low Byte HSBY Passive Master Status High Byte HSBY Passive number of slaves High Byte Low Byte 16 8 7 0 COM OD DB CE SO PA Bit Explanation PA This bit indicates the state of the local master 0 Active master that is master is controlled by the Primary PLC 1 Passive master that is master controlled by the Stand by PLC SO This bit indicates if the local master recognizes any of its assigned slaves as offline 0 Atleast one slave is offline 1 All slaves OK CE DB This bit indicates if the local master has recognized a critical error No cr
132. al Overview 193 General Specifications 191 GetConfiguration Mailbox 67 103 GetDiagnostics Mailbox 67 103 GetLiveList Mailbox 68 104 Glossary of Terms 143 Guide to the PDPMV1 User Manual 7 H Hardware Requirements Recommended 210 Hardware Specifications 192 Highest Station Address HSA 163 Hot Standby Overview 137 Hot Standby States 144 Hot Standby Support 137 191 229 How do I configure the module 229 How the PTQ detects when a switch over is detected 158 How to Calculate PROFIBUS Time TMC4 226 HSBY Master GSD file 163 HSBY Nr of Active slaves byte 155 HSBY Nr of Passive slaves byte 155 HSBY Operating Modes 143 HSBY State vs Master Operation Mode 146 Identical Configurations 137 Import the Functional Module 39 Information for Concept Version 2 6 Users 75 Information for determining the Watch Dog Time TWD 169 Input Block Status Data Details 22 93 201 Input Byte Swap 22 Input Data Size 21 Input Data View Menu 185 Input Start Register 21 Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image table 196 Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image with Mailbox messaging and slave Diagnostics table 197 Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image without Mailbox messaging and with slave Diagnostics table 198 Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image without Mailbox messaging and Without Slave Diagnostics table 199 Install ProSoft Configuration Builder Software
133. al value was about 2ms On newer equipment with modern ASICs values down to 100us can be achieved Page 226 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 9 2 Calculating System Reaction Time A simplified calculation of system reaction time fora PROFIBUS DP system is derived from the following parameters Tspr Station Reaction Time The Transmission Baud Rate The Net Data Length specified Min_Slave_Interval min time between two slave polling cycles Example One master and x slaves are connected via PROFIBUS DP We will use the maximum available bytes of 1536 bytes of output data and 1536 bytes of input data are to transfer to maximum number slaves allowed using 1536 input and output bytes at 12PDPMV 1s Each slave utilizes an SPC3 ASIC To calculate the relative bus cycle time for this network Let Tmc Time of 1 telegram cycle request telegram Tspr slave response Let Tgc Time of 1 bus cycle the sum of all telegram cycles Given Tsyn 33 TBits Bus idle time or PROFIBUS Sync Time Tip 75 TBits SPC3 bus idle time at 1 5MB Tip 36 TBit Tspr 30 TBits typical for baud rates 2 1 5MB SPC3 ASIC Min_Slave_Interval 1 100s from slave GSD file Calculate 1 Tbit Bit Time at 12MB 1 12000000bps 83ns bit In data exchange mode a telegram header consists of only 9 character bytes If we include the bits of the charact
134. are version 1 13 or higher Modicon Optional Modules NOE NOM One of the 140 CPU 67160s acts as the Primary controller and the other acts as the Standby controller The Primary controller runs the application program and operates the remote I O Note The Modicon Quantum RIO Head is required even if the Remote 1 O will not be used 7 1 1 Identical Configurations Two backplanes are configured with identical hardware and software One of the programmable logic controllers PLCs functions as the Primary controller and the other as a Standby controller and either controller can be put in the Primary state but the other must be in the Standby state or offline ProSoft Technology Inc Page 137 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 7 1 2 Primary and Standby Controllers The Primary controller executes the application program controls the remote I O and updates the Standby controller after every scan program cycle If the Primary controller fails the Standby controller takes control within one scan To determine if the Primary controller failed note controller s status displayed in the HE CPULCD screen and the RIO Head s status displayed by the RIO Head s LEDs The Standby controller does not execute the full application program but only the first section and the Standby controller does not control the remote I O but checks out the availability of the Modicon Quantum Ho
135. atOut StatOut 7 gt PTQ1_Out_Status PTOQ1_Out_Mailbox MailOut MailOut gt PTQ1_Out_Mailbox PTQ1_In_Status Statin ByteCnt gt ByteCnt Bi PTQ1_In_Mailbox Mailln SlvAdOut gt SlaveAcReadOut SlaveAcReadin gt SlvAdIn SlotOut gt SlotAcReadOut SlotAcReadin gt Slotin IndexOut gt gt IndexAcReadOut IndexAcReadin Indexin LngthOut gt LengthOutAcRead LengthInAcRead gt J LngthIn ErDecode gt EnCode EnCode gt EnCodeB ExtF ault p gt EF ault eens ee ee oy at eee Faultinf F aultInf 5 WordCnt WordCnt b ReadData p i ReadData i KI EJ Select NOT CONNECTED Acyclic Write Mailbox PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Function Block ACCWRITE Trigger Register AcWrite Description The ACCWRITE function block is used to perform an Acyclic Write request to a PROFIBUS slave device The input pins SlvAdIn PROFIBUS slave address SlotIn slot number IndexIn index number and LngthIn length number of bytes associated to acyclic read operation must be configured before triggering the mailbox request The actual data to be written to the PROFIBUS slave should be associated to the WrtData input pin The status information is available at the output pins ErrCode ErrDecode ExtFault and FaultInf The following illustration shows a sample instance of the Acyclic Write mailbox func
136. ate SetClear gt SetClear SetClear gt SetClear k SetStop gt SetStop SetStop gt SetStop PTOPDPMV1_Out_Statl gt StatOut StatOut PTOPDPMY 1_Out_Stat PTOPDPMV1_Out_Mail gt MailOut MailOut gt PTOPDPMV41_Out_Mail PTOQPDPMY1_In_Mail gt Mailln Mode Modet PTOQPDPM V1_In_Statl gt Statin CanfReqi ConfReqi Fie te Seance el ContirmReg gt ConfReq Faultinf Paulino st sg You can create a Reference Data Editor table with three trigger variables for the Set Operating Mode mailbox Start by moving a value of 1 to SetStop in order to set the module s mode to STOP E Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ lt 1 gt of x File Templates Project Online Options Window Help clot es Fe da 53 Beea 08B E3 e mn bo o eS Variable Name Data Type Address Set Value SetOperate SetStop SetClear RUNNING CHG CONFIG EQUAL At this point you should notice the following LED display indicating that the module s mode was changed to STOP LED Status MSTR STAT RED COM STAT OFF DBASE STAT GREEN TK HOLD GREEN Page 98 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master You will also notice that the function block automatically clears the trigger register after it receives the acknowledgment from the module i Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ lt 1 gt a x File Templates Project Online Opti
137. ation 2 Select Functional Station and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose Import Click No to dismiss the confirmation dialog box P nman h nei te hamsini chanam 5 Page 40 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master In the Import dialog box choose Functional module XFM in the Files of Type dropdown list and then select the XFM file to import The XFM file name matches the module name you defined in PCB and exported in step 3 of Back Up the Project page 36 aor E Y Documents JDnLTHS PIME ROOTS x PMI ROL S HCCRMERH nies 240 gt maei gt Krma ei o Click Import to import the file Note Use the XFM file created by PCB The XFM file created by PCB is preferred because it contains the I O map representing your PROFIBUS network and contains the same variable names This file will be created only if Mailbox messaging Parameter is set to YES Notice that the Project Browser is now populated with the Functional Module Project Browser a Functional view Jr PTQPDPMY 1 x Program E PTQPOPMV1_Sample a Table i PTOPDPMYI Table Q Screen ProSoft Technology Inc Page 41 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuring the Processor with Unit
138. atus ASBY Remote status HSBY Nr of remote slaves ia Ce HSBY Nr of remote slaves HSBY Local statue Pe aie ae HSBY Local stetue HSBY Nr of local slaves HSBY Nr of local elavee 7 2 10 Conditions for Switchover Each PTQ situated in the primary or the standby local rack must provide both CPUs with its own diagnostics in order to request and perform a switchover Diagnostics must be crossed between Primary and Standby PTQs and the associated CPU Both CPUs Primary and Standby must be informed anytime of the status of all PTQs The PTQ module will post Local and Remote status information in the Input Status Control Data Area block word offset 60 to 63 Note for the backplane driver the 100ms to 300ms spec depends upon scan time The backplane driver cannot detect a switch over in 300ms if the scan time is 500ms The backplane drivers can communicate with the PLC only at the end of scan In other words The Primary must be informed of the status of its own PTQ s The Primary must inform the Standby of the status of its own PTQ s The Standby must be informed of the status of its own PTQ s The Standby must inform the Primary of the status of its own PTQ s Conditions for user to consider switch over are as follows PTQ master Module failure Bus not connected or all devices not responding PTQ master module not configured Bus cable break Status information provided to user to determine appropriate master with
139. be covered later require the usage of the following pins common for all mailbox function blocks Pin Name Pin Type Description Statin Input Input Status pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_STATIN It contains the status transferred from the module allowing the mailbox function block to receive the acknowledgment that the mailbox request was processed by the module It is used also to check if a new mailbox response is available Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 Mailln Input Input Mailbox pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_MAILIN It contains the mailbox response message that is handled by the function block according to its mailbox ID Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 StatOut Input Output Output Status pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_STATOUT It is used to check if a new mailbox response is available Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 Page 60 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platfo
140. be performed The Quantum program should make sure that the required conditions are satisfied as previously discussed before moving a value of 1 to the trigger register The function block will then build the mailbox request by copying all mailbox input parameters to the mailbox output variable that is transferred to the module through the backplane Then the function block will automatically change the trigger s value to 2 2 Processor has performed the mailbox request and is waiting for the acknowledgment from the module The acknowledgment informs that the module has received the request the actual mailbox response is actually sent later After the acknowledgment is received the function block will reset the trigger s value back to 0 3 4 4 Specific Input Pins Each function block has input pins specifically for each mailbox For example in order to send a Get Diagnostics mailbox the application must set the PROFIBUS slave address input pin The processor program must configure the input pins before performing the mailbox request by moving a value of 1 to the mailbox trigger 3 4 5 Specific Output Pins Each function block contains output pins that are updated after the mailbox response is received by the processor For example the Get Diagnostics function block has an ExtendedDiagData output pin that stores the diagnostic information received from the slave Example If the Set Operating Mode mailbox function block is used as follo
141. between the module s Ethernet port and an Ethernet switch or hub Note Depending on hardware configuration you may see more than one RJ45 port on the module The Ethernet port is labeled Ethernet Warning The PTQ PDPMV1 module is NOT compatible with Power Over Ethernet IEEE802 3af IEEE802 3at networks Do NOT connect the module to Ethernet devices hubs switches or networks that supply AC or DC power over the Ethernet cable Failure to observe this precaution may result in damage to hardware or injury to personnel Important The module requires a static fixed IP address that is not shared with any other device on the Ethernet network Obtain a list of suitable IP addresses from your network administrator BEFORE configuring the Ethernet port on this module Ethernet Port Configuration wattcp cfg The wattcp cfg file must be set up properly in order to use a TCP IP network connection You can view the current network configuration using an ASCII terminal by selecting Network Menu and V View options when connected to the Debug port WATTCP CFG FILE Prosoft Technology my_ip 192 168 0 100 Default class 3 network mask netmask 255 255 255 0 The gateway I wish to use gateway 192 168 0 1 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 217 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 5 9 6 9 4 2 RS 232 Configuration Debug Port This port is physically an RJ45 con
142. can be soft booted from within PCB diagnostics or the module may be reseated Active Green On Off The LED is on when the module is able to communicate over the backplane The LED is off when the module is unable to speak with the processor The processor is either absent or not running Flashing This LED Flashes on the passive Master BAT Low Red Off The battery voltage is OK and running On The battery voltage is low or the battery is not present The battery LED will illuminate briefly upon the first installation of the module or if the unit has not had power for an extended period of time This behavior is normal however should the LED come on in a working installation please contact the factory E Link Green On The Ethernet port is connected to the TCP IP network E Data Green On There is data being transferred through the Ethernet port ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 177 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 8 4 8 5 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS Master Indicators LED State Description MSTR Green Operating mode STAT Green Flashing Clear mode Red Stop mode Off Offline DBASE Green Database OK STAT Green Flashing Database download in progress Red nvalid database Off No databases have been downloaded COM Green Data exchange with all configured slaves STAT Gr
143. cation word zero is used for control and not for mailbox handshaking E RDE Template TEST RDE Animation ON of x Variable Name Data Type Address Set Value Format Disable PTQPDPMY1_Out_Stat LastIinMaillD 0 WORD 403000 mq 1 2 3 f 2 Add the following Structured Text lines to the program file E Bootup jofx 2 Structured Text Start lt e IF PTQPDPHU1_In_Stat Reserved3 12 16 0099 THEN PTQPDPHU1_Out_Stat LastInMailID 6 16 6606 END_IF are Structured Text End ceecee Ll X mujm gt In order to reset the logic the program must be written in a way to look for word 72 in the input status If word 72 is equal to 16 0099 hex the logic will reset the value in PTQPDPMV1_Out_Stat LastInMaillD 0 to 16 0000 Hex Note It is normal for the Passive Master in Hot Standby applications to reboot twice using this procedure Page 108 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with ProoWORX 32 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 5 Configuring the Processor with ProoWORX 32 ii HSBY Note ProWorx32 software does not support 140CPU67160 processor and therefore does not support the PTQ PDPMV1 HSBY functions 1 Run the Schneider_Alliances exe application that is installed with the Proworx 32 software fan ProWORX 32 amp Authorization S36 CodeGen P ExecLoader G2 ProwWORX 32 Schneider Alliances 2 Click on Import Schneider
144. cations Cyclic Data Process I O data 1536 bytes of input and 1536 bytes of output data Configure PTQ module and PROFIBUS network over Ethernet 9 1 2 Hot Standby Support The module provides support for 140CPU6716000 Hot Standby processor with UnityPro programming software Look for the HSBY Hot Standby icon ii for special notes relating to the support and configuration of the module i HSBY Note For detailed understanding of HSBY specification refer to the Hot Standby Addendum 9 1 3 General Specifications Single Slot Quantum backplane compatible The module is recognized as an Options module and has access to PLC memory for data transfer Configuration data is stored in non volatile memory in the ProTalk module Configuration software for Microsoft Windows XP 2000 and NT is included with the module Up to six modules can be placed in a rack Local rack The module must be placed in the same rack as processor Compatible with common Quantum Unity programming tools o UnityPro XL o Concept o ProWORX Quantum data types supported 3x 4x High speed data transfer across backplane provides quick data update times Sample ladder file available ProSoft Technology Inc Page 191 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 1 4 Hardware Specifications Operating Temperature 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C
145. ceiving Mailbox Message Responses from module After a mailbox message has been sent a response from the command usually containing the requested data or the status of the command is returned from the PTQ module to the processor The response is returned from the PTQ PDPMV1 via the PROFIBUS Input data block Note This is for the original layout which the Default values it changes if Slave diagnostics are chosen in PCB User needs to refer to section 9 2 3 Remembering the PROFIBUS Input Data Memory Map Quantum Unity Address Relative Description Address Example Word Example Offset 41101 MW1101 0 Configuration Status and Control data 41163 MW1163 73 Number of Messages in the In Mailbox Queue 41164 MW1164 74 Number of Messages in the Out Mailbox Queue 41165 MW1165 75 Number of Messages in the Alarm Queue 41157 MW 1157 76 Last Out Mailbox Message ID processed from Output Image 41158 MW1158 77 Current In Mailbox Control Index 41159 MW1159 78 Current Alarm Control Index 41180 MW 1180 79 Incoming Mailbox Message data 41223 MW 1223 222 41224 MW 1224 223 PROFIBUS Input Data 41101 N 1 MW1101 N 1 N The important section relevant to the Mailbox Messaging discussion is the Incoming Mailbox Data section Word Offsets 79 to 222 Within this section of data the following structure exists Mailbox Message Structure From PTQ module Quantum Unity Relative Type Description Address Address Word Example Example Offset 41180 MW 1180 79
146. cess data within the module gt To export the processor memory map 1 Inthe Master Setup dialog box click Show Concept Map for processors configured with Concept software or click Show Unity Map for processors configured with ProSoft Configuration Builder software PDPMY1 PROFIBUS Master Setup PROFIBUS Master Module Communications Profibus Editor Not started Select Port Ethernet X Firmware Update 192 168 0 PROFIBUS Setup and Monitor Checksums Configure PROFIBUS PROFIBUS Module Calculate Processor Network Memory Map Show Concept Map Show Unity Map Export Master Config ProSoft Technology Inc Page 33 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 This action opens the Memory Map dialog box Address Slave Slot Wor 3X1000 Module Status Module ID string 5 3X1005 Module Status Quantum Slot Number 1 3X1006 Module Status Profibus Input Data size 1 3X1007 Module Status Profibus Output Data size 1 3x1008 Module Status Input Data Start Address 1 3x1009 Module Status Output Data Start Address 1 3X1010 Module Status Reserved0 1 3X1011 Module Status Byte Swap H Input L Output Data 1 3X1012 Module Status Module software major version number 1 3X1013 Module Status Profibus Slave Configured List 8 Module Status Profibus Data Transfer Status 8 3 9 Module Status Pro
147. containing PTQ PDPMV1 string for module verification 1005 W1005 5 Quantum Slot Slot number in the rack in which the PTQ PDPMV1 Number module is located Value is selected during user configuration 1006 W 1006 6 PROFIBUS The number of words of PROFIBUS Input data to Input Data size transfer from the PROFIBUS Master to the processor within the Input Data blocks Value is selected during user configuration 1007 W 1007 7 PROFIBUS The number of words to transfer from the processor Output Data in the PROFIBUS Output space during the Output size data transfer Value is selected during user configuration 1008 W 1008 8 Input Data Starting 4xxxx Holding Register address for Input Start Address Data block in processor data memory Value is selected during user configuration 1009 W 1009 9 Output Data Starting 4xxxx Holding Register address for Output Start Address Data block in processor data memory Value is selected during user configuration 1010 IW1010 10 Reserved Reserved ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 201 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Relative Name Description Address Address Word Example Example Offset 1011 IW1011 11H Input Data User configured flag to indicate if input data is Byte Swap swapped before placing in the input image for the controller If 0 no swapping If not 0 then swap bytes 11L Output Data User con
148. cs need at least 30910 byte Warning Proj PTOPROJ Section MAINPTQ Multiassignment of variable PTQ1_ Out_Status 3 assignments Warning Proj PTQPROJ Section MAINPTQ Multiassignment of variable PTQ1_Out_Mailbox 2 assignments Info Proj PTQPROJ The text sections of your program are generated without Loop Control for more details see Help Readme tile Warning There are 2 Variable s Constant s declared but never used see Variable declarations NOT CONNECTED The error message means that you must increase the size of the global output data for your project You can select Project PLC Configuration PLC Selection to increase the size of the global output data Step 6 Download the Concept Project Download the project to the Quantum processor Online Connect and Online Download Once the download operation is concluded there will be a few warning messages generated in Concept This is expected since it is just informing to the user that some input output variables are being used by more than one function block amp Concept C PROJECTWTQPROJ lt 192 168 0 135 gt Messages Using the Concept Project 4 10 1 Accessing PROFIBUS Data After the module s CRC values are synchronized through the SETCRC function block then no other function blocks are required for PROFIBUS Input Output data exchange You can refer to the variables that were imported to the Concept project and use eith
149. ction blocks that are supplied as a sample application Before You Begin 1 Verify that your PC has the following software tools installed o ProSoft Configuration Builder version 2 0 0 Build 15 or later o Concept Programming Unit 2 Create a folder C project DFB where C project will store the main Concept project PRJ C project DFB will store the data type definition file DTY and the function blocks that will be used by the Concept project Warning The Function Block is intended for new installations of PTQ PDPMV1 If you have an existing installation the following procedure will overwrite your settings and may cause loss of functionality DO NOT overwrite a working application until you have thoroughly reviewed the following topics Page 74 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 3 Information for Concept Version 2 6 Users This guide uses Concept PLC Programming Software version 2 6 to configure the Quantum PLC The ProTalk installation CD includes MDC module configuration files that help document the PTQ installation Although not required these files should be installed before proceeding to the next section 4 3 1 Installing MDC Configuration Files 1 From a PC with Concept 2 6 installed choose Start gt Programs gt Concept ModConnect Tool This action opens the Concept Module Installation
150. d No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Acyclic Read Message information command Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Slave Addr Extended word 2 Length Index Response Acyclic Read Size of data Number of data bytes n Slave Addr Louse _ Decode Response Data byte 1 Response Data byte 1 Response Data byte 1 Response Data byte 1 Message Information Refer to Message Information page 134 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Slave Address Station address of the slave responder Slot Number and Slot Index Used in the slave to address the desired data block Page 126 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Length This parameter specifies the number of bytes of the data block that have to be read If the server data block length is less than requested the length of the response will be the actual length of the data block If the server data block is greater or equal the response will contain the same amount of data The slave may answer with an error response if data access is not allowed Data 1 n Returned data Fault Information and Extended Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the heade
151. der and then click Save 5 Click Print to print the input and output maps for reference When you import this memory map file into the processor configuration it simplifies the task of establishing communications between the module and the processor You will have to establish backplane communications using either Concept or Unity XL Pro software After you download the configuration to the PTQ PDPMV1 module save the dty and xsy files to a location on your hard drive a folder below C PCBExportFiles where you will import them into the processor during the processor configuration steps These project files greatly reduce the amount of time it would otherwise take to perform the necessary configuration tasks Refer to Configuring the Processor with Unity PRO XL page 39 and Configuring the Processor with Concept page 73 for detailed instructions on how to configure the processor Page 34 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Note The recommended location for the files is the My Documents folder on your PC The configuration tool for the processor will use this folder by default The next step is to calculate the checksums for the PROFIBUS configuration and PTQ Module configuration Calculate Checksums The checksum CRC values are calculated from the PROFIBUS configuration data and compare the contents of the configuration file i
152. dialog box iff Concept Module Installation loj xj Fie Modules Help Installed Modules in Concept Database MDC PTQ 101M EC6087 5 101 Master MDC PTO 101S IEC6087 5 101 Slave MDC PTQ 103M IEC6087 5 103 Master MDC PTQ 104S IEC6087 5 104 Server MDC PTQ DFCM Rockwell Automation DF1 Half Duplex Master MDC PTQ DFNT Rockwell Automation Ethermet IP Module MDC PTQ DNP DNF 3 0 Mas er Slave Module MDC PTQ DNPSNET DNP 3 0 Ethernet Server MDC PTQ HART HART Module MDC PTQ LNG Landis and Gur Protocol Module Details Provider ProLing Communication Gateways Version 1 00 00 Copyright Copyright 2002 2003 2 Choose File gt Open Installation File This action opens the Open Installation File dialog box File Modules Help Installed Modules in Concept Database yga oven Installation Fle 7x MDC PT aie MDC PT File name olders OK neal c concept bee ET Sample mdce Ger Cmca CONCEPT MDC PT amp Network MDC PT Ca_help Enea CC2CAT Module Dat Provider H Dib xl Version Copyrigt List files of type Drives Module Desc mdc x fos a 3 If you are using a Quantum processor you will need the MDC files In the File Open dialog box navigate to the MDC Files directory on the ProTalk CD 4 Choose the MDC file and help file for your version of Concept o Concept 2 6 users select PTQ_2 60 mdc and PTQMDC hlp o Concept 2 5 users select PTQ_2_ 50 mdc and PTQMDC hIp ProSoft Technology I
153. ding pause times of the additional masters must be added to the total Only acyclic data exchange takes place If the master is also supposed to transfer acyclic telegrams the time required for acyclic communication must be added in total 7 4 2 Commissioning of communication with the SK1 segment coupler Since the SK1 segment coupler works transparently PROFIBUS PA stations are treated by the control system like PROFIBUS DP stations This also applies to commissioning To make it possible for the control system to exchange station data with a PROFIBUS the GSD file of the station must be integrated into the configuration tool of the control system The SK1 segment couplers receive the PROFIBUS DP telegram convert it simultaneously and transmit it on the PROFIBUS PA side The PROFIBUS PA slave responds immediately to this telegram The response telegram is received by the segment coupler is again converted simultaneously and is transmitted on the PROFIBUS DP side as a slave response Note To make it possible for data exchange between the PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA to work correctly it is essential for the PROFIBUS DP transfer rate to be set to 93 75 kBd The time lapse between the master call and the slave response is limited Since the PROFIBUS PA is working at a lower transfer rate than the PROFIBUS DP ProSoft Technology Inc Page 167 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP
154. dule These mailbox variables input and output must be linked to the Mailln and MailOut function block pins as covered later in this document PROFIBUS Data these variables store the input and output PROFIBUS data associated to the PROFIBUS slaves Slave Diagnostic Data Diagnostic for every configured slave on the Profibus network will be passed from PTQ PDPMV1 to Quantum processor ProSoft Technology Inc Page 85 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuring the Processor with Concept 4 8 Step 5 Create the Function Block Instances 1 At Concept click Project Project Browser 2 At Project Browser right click at Project PTQPROUJ and click New Section 3 Configure the Program Section as follows select the Editor Type as FBD Editor type Section Kind FBD Cyclic SFC C Timer Event CLD C 10 Event CSI CL C 984LL Section name MAINPTO Cancel Help 4 Double click at the FBD section you have just created Ee Concep Jof x File Project Online Options Window Help Ci e otall est Fs ZOC Jof x Project PTOPROJ iF MA NOT CONNECTED 5 Click Objects FFB Selection Click at the DFB button and select the SETCRC Function Block Click at the Close button to confirm E FFBs from Library IEC Group EFB Type DEB Type Arithmetic i AND_BOOL 4 LIGHTS Bistable AND_BYTE Comparison AND_WORD SETOPMD Converter NOT_BOOL Counter NOT_BYTE
155. e added to the PROFIBUS network ProSoft Configuration Builder automatically converts the input output byte addresses to word input output addresses for the State RAM in the processor 1 Repeat steps 2 through 6 for all slaves you intend to place on the network 2 When you are finished adding slaves open the Project menu and choose Exit to return to the Master Setup dialog box The next step is to export the memory maps and download the project to the module ProSoft Technology Inc Page 31 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Set Param SAP61 ProSoft PROFIBUS Slave PDPS devices have a configurable parameter for SPC3 User Prm Byte The following illustration shows the value of this parameter in ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS the configuration tool for ProSoft PROFIBUS Master devices Common Parameter assignment Module data 0 SPC3 User Prm Byte User prm data Parameter Data Structure SPC3 evaluates the first seven data bytes without user prm data or the first eight data bytes with user prm data The first seven bytes are specified according to the standard The eighth byte is used for SPC3 specific communications The additional bytes are available to the application Byte Bit Position Designation 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Lock Unio Sync Free WD Res Res Res Station status Reg Req Req Req on
156. e also provided to perform functions such as Get Live List and Get Slave Diagnostics and to perform Freeze and Sync commands and others Note It is not intended within this reference manual to include in depth programming information You should therefore be familiar with IEC Function Block programming and Unity Pro XL programming language The PTQ_PDPMV1_Sample functional Module supports inputs and output variables used for PTQ status acyclic mailbox and slave cyclic I O data All input information is located in the lt Inputs gt Statin Mailln and Dataln area data delivered to the Unity processor and all output information is located in the lt input output gt StatOut MailOut and DataOut data sent to the PTQ module You can access the supported mailboxes in the provided table ProSoft Technology Inc Page 57 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Table Modification Force Name Comment Getlivelist GETLIVELIST GetDiagnostics GETSLAVEDIAG GetConfiguration GETSLAVECONFIG StartSlaves STARTSLAVES StopSlaves STOPSLAVES AcyclicRead ACYCLICREAD ACyclicwrite ACYCLICWRITE Alarms ALARM SetOperatingMode SETOPERATINGMODE SeSlaveddtess SETSLAVEADDRESS SetSlaveMode CRC SRC omic mic HE Every mailbox has its own function Block that has a unique Impl ST derived FB type file The following
157. e and under the name column select the ModuleName _ Statin variables Under the lt inputs gt folder select the Modification Tab You should see the module status counters update Table Modification Force EE Name Type F Comment PTOPDPMY1_Sample_Data0ut PTOPDPMY1_Sample_Data0utF PTOPDPMY1_Sample_Mailln PTOPDPMY1_Sample_MaillnF D PTOPDPMY1_Sample_MailOut PTQPDPM 1_Sample_MailOutF PTGPOPMY1_Sample_Statin PTQPDPM 1_Sample_StatlnF ModuleStatus_ModulelD string ARRAY O 4 OF WORD ModuleStatus_QuantumSlotNumber WORD ModuleStatus_Profibus lnputD atasize WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusOutputD atasize WORD ModuleStatus_InputDataStartAddress WORD ModuleStatus_OutputD ataStartAddress WORD ModuleStatus_Reserved0 WORD ModuleStatus_ByteSwapHI nputLOutputD ata WORD ModuleStatus_Modulesoftwaremajorversionnumber WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusSlaveConfiguredList ARRAY O 7 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusD ataT ransferStatus ARRAY O 7 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusSlaveDiagnosticStatus ARRAY O 7 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusMasterO peratingState 49152 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusldentNumber 61464 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusMasterS erialN umber ARRAY O 1 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusS oftwareVersion 12290 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusM asterModuleStatus 260 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusCRC32 40477182 UDINT ModuleStatus_PTQModuleCRC32 28551274 UDINT ModuleStatus_Applicationprogramscancounter 10044 WORD ModuleStatus_ModuleProfibusoutputima
158. e program assumes that the values are aligned on even register boundaries If floating point values are not aligned as such they are not displayed properly Viewing Data in ASCII Text Format Press A to display the data on the current page in ASCII format This is useful for regions of the database that contain ASCII data Returning to the Main Menu Press M to return to the Main Menu 8 5 5 Output Data View Menu Use this menu command to view the current contents of the selected database Press to view a list of commands available on this menu OUTPUT DATA VIEW MENU Display Menu S Show Aga n P Previous Page N Next Page D Decimal Display H Hexadecinal Display F Float Display A ASCII Display M Main Menu Redisplaying the Menu Press to display the current menu Use this command when you are looking at a screen of data and want to view the menu choices available to you Viewing the Previous Page of Data Press P to display the previous page of data Viewing the Next Page of Data Press N to display the next page of data Viewing Data in Decimal Format Press D to display the data on the current page in decimal format Viewing Data in Hexadecimal Format Press H to display the data on the current page in hexadecimal format Page 186 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Viewing Data in Floating P
159. eAddress Mailbox 0 eccceeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeees 3 5 8 SetOperatingMode Mailbox ceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 5 9 SetSlaveMode Mailbox cece eeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeee 3 5 10 StartStopSlaves Mailbox ccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeteeee 3 5 11 Coldboot Mailbox ec cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeneeeeeees 4 CONFIGURING THE PROCESSOR WITH CONCEPT 4 1 OVOMVIGW coy sas E EEEE E EEE E T 4 2 Before You Begin ccccsssecccssseeeeesseeeeeenseeeeenenseesenens 4 3 Information for Concept Version 2 6 Users 4 3 1 Installing MDC Configuration Files 4 4 Step 1 Exporting the Files from PCB 0005 AAA ASC fle Sarie erer Sid daea teenie AAD a DVY AIC e aaae aaae Sa ee aR AE AAGA TXT ee 4 5 Step 2 Convert the Function Blocks 4 6 Step 3 Setup the Concept Project ssscss 4 7 Step 4 Import the Variables ccsccsssessseeeeeeee 4 8 Step 5 Create the Function Block Instances 4 9 Step 6 Download the Concept Project 4 10 Using the Concept Project cccescssseesseeeeeeees 4 10 1 Accessing PROFIBUS Data 4 10 2 Accessing Status Data ie eeeeeeeeteteeeeenaes 4 10 3 Configuration Validation amp SETCRC Function Block 4 11 Using Mailbox Function BIOCKS s eeceeseeer 4 11 1 OVOIVIOW 20 cc cece eee ceececee cece ee ceteeaeeeeeeeeesenenaeeeeeneees 4 41 2 COMPQuratiON eeri E eed hve dete 4 11 3 Trigger REQiSter cienia
160. eaesenneeenseeeeeaeeesaesesnaeeneeeesssaeseseeenseeeeeees 231 General Warranty Policy Terms and Conditions ccssecceseeeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeseneeeenseeeeeeees 232 Limitation of Liability wi ccc cecctc Sct cecce cet ncee tesa cedeceds eee tccedececceneasbcedestesnecesuacscceeensbecdsuucectecues 233 RMA ProC dures 222 ciietecccccectct ce ccctec cece ccs cee ra cece ccas tect cake te ede cheet cal ececttet abe RAKERA NEEN 233 INDE Kresge ccna estes cceats eee A tvanevs cud cctande ve E EE 235 Page 6 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Start Here PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Guide to the PDPMV1 User Manual Function Section to Read Details Introduction gt This Section introduces the customer to the Must Do module Included are package contents Start Here page 9 system requirements hardware installation and basic configuration Verify Communication gt Verifying This section describes how to verify Diagnostic and Communication communications with the network Diagnostic Troubleshooting page 174 and Troubleshooting procedures Diagnostics and Troubleshooting page 172 Reference gt Reference page These sections contain general references 188 associated with this product Specifications Product epediicatens and the Functional Overview Functional Overview S unctio nar Overview page Glossary
161. ecceeeeeeeeeesecaeeeeeeeeeeeeea 38 Configure the Module with ProSoft Configuration Builder In this step of the setup process you will use ProSoft Configuration Builder to configure the parameters that affect the interface between the PTQ module and the processor Quantum or Unity These parameters indicate The physical position of the module in the rack ii HSBY Note For HSBY units the active and passive modules must be placed in the same rack location in both racks The starting memory address in the processor s State RAM for the module s input and output data images For the purpose of this example we use a starting address of 1000 for the input image and 3000 for the output image To begin verify that the processor is correctly positioned in the rack and is powered up Connect your PC to the PTQ PDPMV1 module using the supplied Null Modem serial cable as shown in the following illustration Note The serial port should only be used for initial configuration of the Ethernet port through ProSoft Configuration Builder ProSoft Technology Inc Page 15 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Null Modem Cable From COM port To Debug Config Port Atta LOQ E II 5 5 1 f After the Ethernet settings are correctly configured only the Ethernet port should be used for configuration changes diagnostics and PROFIB
162. eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeneaas 121 6 2 4 Mailbox Message Set Slave Address 0 cc ccceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeenneeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeenneeeneaas 122 6 2 5 Mailbox Message Get Live LiSt eee ee enneeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 124 6 2 6 Mailbox Message Acyclic Data Read Class 100 0 ee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeaas 126 6 2 7 Mailbox Message Acyclic Data Write Class 1 oo eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneaas 127 6 2 8 Mailbox Message Alarm Indication ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeeeenaeeeeeeneeeeneaas 129 6 2 9 Mailbox Message Set Operating Mode eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 131 6 3 Receiving Mailbox Message Responses from Module csecssseesseeeeeeeees 132 6 4 Mailbox Messaging Error Codes ccssecceseeseseeeseeeenseeeeeseeseseeeenseeeseneeeseaeensneeeeees 134 6 4 1 Message Information eee eeeceeeeeeeene eee eeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeseneeeeeeneeeeeeaas 134 642 Retum Codes guanii teeta ids eet eta alas 134 6 4 3 Eror CodeS na ioiei aeii ie i i tie tes 135 64 4 DPV1 Error Codes auiren oiee aeeie st iE eea eaei rdia Eei ia 136 7 HOTSTANDBY SUPPORT iiia ii oeaan aaa tap aanta ma aaaea a stectaetetidaicesisenestect aaces 137 7 1 Hot Standby Overview ccssccccceeeseeesseeseseeeeneeeesecaeeeseeeeeeeeessaeseseeeaseeeessaesaseaeenseeeees 137 7 1 1 Identical Configurations Aesriareisi a a E A a AR a E ARRE KE AAR 137 7 1 2 Primar
163. een Flashing Data Exchange with at least one of the configured slaves Red Bus control error possible bus short circuit or configuration error off o data exchange with any configured slave TKNHLD Green The module has the token off The module does not have the token ALLLEDs Red Fatal Error off HSBY Processor is stopped and master is held in reset state inactive The module is notin the configured slot The Configuration Debug Menu The Configuration and Debug menu for this module is arranged as a tree structure with the Main Menu at the top of the tree and one or more sub menus for each menu command The first menu you see when you connect to the module is the Main menu Because this is a text based menu system you enter commands by typing the command letter from your computer keyboard in the diagnostic window in ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB The module does not respond to mouse movements or clicks The command executes as soon as you press the command letter you do not need to press Enter When you type a command letter a new screen will be displayed in your terminal application 8 5 1 Using the Diagnostic Window in ProSoft Configuration Builder To connect to the module s Configuration Debug serial or Ethernet port 1 Start PCB program with the application file to be tested Right click over the module icon Default Project a Default Location Eig Demo Module Page 178 of 238 ProSoft Technology
164. ements and expands existing device description languages It does not replace but rather builds upon existing DDs In particular FDT expands the capabilities of DD for complex devices Device Description languages have limitations in the graphical representation of the device at the user interface and allow only a limited integration of special features FDT DTM removes these limitations Typical frame applications are Page 208 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Pactware from The PACTware Consortium e V freeware FieldCare from Endress amp Hauser Field Control from ABB What is DTM DTM Device Type Manager is a standard way to provide all necessary data and functionality for a communication device for example a PROFIBUS DP card This technology is similar to the way Microsoft Windows supports printer drivers supplied by manufacturers and available to any Windows application rather than requiring a custom printer driver for each specific application PROFIBUS comDTM distributed by ProSoft Technology is a DTM for the PTQ and MVI series PDPMV1 modules which allows configuration tools instruments and communication devices on a field network to recognize and use the module s capabilities Control Room Frame Applications ACTW Allows for 5 Be Configuration FIELDCARE Monitoring OR ANY FDT CONTAINER Ethernet Pr
165. emote station DPV1 failure Function_ Number 1100h Length out of range gt 240 bytes 1200h Slave does not support DPV1 1300h Slave not active or not present in configuration FE00h Command not possible in Class 2 Only mode EFOOh Module offline not initialized or no valid database Error Decode Error Code 1 and Error Code 2 If Fault Information contains error code 1000h more information according to the DPV1 specification can be found here 6 2 8 This message indicates to the application that a DPV1 slave has transferred an Alarm message to the master This mailbox message is sent spontaneously by the module That is the module itself initiates the mailbox communications Mailbox Message Alarm Indication Detailed information about the cause of the alarm is presented in extended words 1 to 3 and in the message data field see below Command and Response Layout Alarm Indication Command Message ID Message information Command Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 ID 0240h 2200h request length 0100h 0100h 0000h 0000h Slave Slot Number Address Alarm Spec Wek Seq Number Ext Diag Alarm Type Alarm Indication ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 129 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Response Extended word 7 E
166. ended word 1 Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Message Data byte 1 Response Data Byte 1 Message Data byte 2 Response Data Byte 1 Message Data byte 3 Response Data Byte 1 z Eo ome l Response Data Byte 1 Message Data byte n Response Data Byte 1 Message Information Refer to Message Information page 134 Station Type 0 126 00h Slave Station 01h Master Station not yet ready for Token ring station only physically at the bus 02h Master Station ready to enter Token ring there is not yet any Token transmission 03h Master Station in Token Ring Token transmission through the station 04h Station does not exist Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Refer to Message Information page 134 OAHOO Failed to build Live List FFOOh Module offline not initialized or no valid database ProSoft Technology Inc Page 125 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 6 2 6 Mailbox Message Acyclic Data Read Class 1 This command initiates a DPV1 Class 1 acyclic read request Refer to EN50170 DPV1 for more information Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name MSAC1 READ Command Number 2000h Fragmente
167. er frame there are 11 bits for every character byte Start Bit 8bits char Stop Bit Parity Because only 1 master is present we can ignore the token hold time of token telegrams Thus the basic time required by one telegram cycle not including data is obtained by adding the relevant bus times and the time to transmit the telegram header as follows Tmc in TBits 2 9 header byte length 11bits byte Tsor Tsyn Tid Tuc 198 bits 30 bits 33 bits 75 bits 336 Tbits Toca us 336Tbits 83ns Tbit 28us Thus 28us is the basic time required by the telegram header including the bus times without accounting for the data For our example we must include the data 1536 bytes Output 1536 bytes Input maximum bytes for a PTQ PDPMV1 The time for a single telegram cycle with this data included is TMC4 336Tbits amount of net data 336 1536bytes Output 1536bytes Input 11bits byte 34128 Tbits TMC4 34128 83ns bit TMC4 2 84ms To simplify this calculation you can assume that a basic transfer time of 28us plus approximately 1us per DU data byte actually 0 83us byte is required to complete a telegram cycle The following illustration gives an overview of the dominant bus times in a telegram cycle assuming no interference or repetitions ProSoft Technology Inc Page 227 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master DP MASTER DP SLAVE
168. er the PTQPDPMV1_OUT_DATAF or PTQPDPMV1_IN_DATAF data types These variables contain a structure of sub variables that will store the data associated to all slaves configured at ProSoft Configuration Builder The following illustration shows an example where two variables are used to store the PROFIBUS input and output data PTQPDPMV1_OUT_DATA Slave13Slot05 0 Stores output byte 0 of slot 5 from the slave PROFIBUS address 13 Page 92 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master PTQPDPMV1_IN_DATA Slave13Slot04 0 Stores input byte 0 of slot 4 from the slave PROFIBUS address 13 E RDE Template untitled Animation ON lof x Variable Name Data Type Address PTQPDPMY1_OUT_DATA Slave13Slot05 0 BYTE 400151 3 PTQPDPMY1_IN_DATA Slavel 3Slot04 0 BYTE 300224 3 Note to check if the CRC values are synchronized you can look at the status of the CFG ERR LED Off CRCs are synchronized On CRCs are not synchronized Note2 The PTQPDPMV1_IN_DATA variable is the default variable name The actual name for your application might vary depending on the module name that you have selected at PCB 4 10 2 Accessing Status Data The module constantly updates the status data to the processor The status data provides general information about the module PROFIBUS slaves and backplane status It is automatically no function bl
169. ero Not used set to zero This bit indicates if the counterpart is present 0 Counterpart not present 1 Counterpart is present 1061 IW1061 61 Low byte HSBY Active Status from x PROFIBUS interface High Byte Low Byte High byte HSBY ad s 7 0 Active number of HS ODIDBICE SOIPA slaves from PROFIBUS interface This bit indicates that the Hot standby functionality is enabled 0 HSBY disabled Module operates as stand alone master or HSBY state equals Not connected 1 HSBY enabled See explanation of bits OD DB CE SO and PA in chart for address 1060 1062 IW1062 62 HSBY Message length from UDP HSBY Server 1063 IW1063 63 Low byte HSBY Passive Status from Cue ate Refer to word 60 fi lanation This is a back d efer to wort or explanation This is a backup wor High byte HSBY derived from Ethernet UDP messaging Passive number of slaves Message length from UDP HSBY Server 1064 to IW1064 64to65 HSBY Passive CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration 1165 to PROFIBUS CRC32 downloaded from configuration utility via UDP IW1165 from UDP HSBY Server 1066 to IW1066 66to67 HSBY Passive User PTQ PDPMV1 module configuration checksum for module 1167 to Cfg CRC32 from UDP configuration downloaded from configuration utility via UDP W1167 HSBY Server ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 205 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1
170. erview This section provides a brief description on how to use each mailbox function block Refer to Mailbox Messaging page 112 for detailed information about each mailbox parameter 3 5 1 Acyclic Read Mailbox Function Block ACYCREAD Trigger Byte Acyclicread Description The ACYCREAD mailbox is used to perform an Acyclic Read request to a PROFIBUS slave device The input pins SlaveAddress PROFIBUS slave address SlotNumber slot number Indexin index number and Lengthin length number of bytes associated to acyclic read operation must be configured before triggering the mailbox request The acyclic read response data is copied to the ReadData output pin The status information is available in the output pins ErrorCode ErrorDecode ExtendedFaultInfo and Faultinformation The following illustration shows a sample instance of the Acyclic Read mailbox function block 10 20 30 40 50 60 4 PTQPDPMV1ACYCLORD ACYCREAD Co gt PTOPDPMYt_mMAILWAR AcyclicRead Out Acyclic eyclicread Acyclicread P FOPDPhMV41_MAILVAR AcyclicRead OutAcyclicRead F gt PTOPDPMV1_STATOUT StatO ut StatOut P TOPDPMW1_STATOUT 7 gt PTOQPDPMYV1_MAILOUT IM ailO ut Mail Out P TOPDPMV1_MAILOUT g i PTQPDPMW1_STATIN StatIN SlaveAddres P TOPDPMW1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In SlaveAdd F PTQAPDP MV1 _MAILIN jMaillN SlotNumbf PTOPDPMYV1_MAILVAR AcyclicRead In SlotNumber PTOPDPMYV1_MAILVAR
171. es 1 3 2 Connect to the ProTalk Configuration Debug Port Note The module has a serial port as well as an Ethernet port The first time you connect to the module to configure it you can connect to the module s serial port using the supplied null modem cable because the module s default Ethernet settings may not match your network ii HSBY Note For HSBY units the Ethernet connection must be applied This connection is used as a backup to ping status messages over the PROFIBUS network It is also used for DPV1 passive master buffer update during switchover PC to Ethernet Port Connection Important The PTQ PDPMV1 module is equipped to use an Ethernet connection using the following defaults My_ip 192 168 0 100 Netmask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 192 168 0 1 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 11 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DP V1 Master ii HSBY Note For HSBY units the passive master module Ethernet connection is always Primary IP plus 1 For example Primary IP 192 168 0 100 Standby module IP 192 168 0 101 This is not controlled by user the modules firmware automatically sets the IP address of the passive master If you cannot use these defaults for your connection you must change them using ProSoft Configuration Builder and then download the new values to the PTQ PDPMV1 module via serial cable or directly using a Compact Flash CF writer If you plan on changing the Ethernet
172. f this word has a value other than 0 the CFG ERR LED on the module will be illuminated 1060 IW1060 60 Low byte HSBY High Byte Low Byte Passive Status from PROFIBUS interface High byte HSBY Passive number of Slaves from PROFIBUS interface This bit indicates the state of the local master 0 Active master that is master is controlled by the Primary PLC 1 Passive master that is master controlled by the Stand by PLC This bit indicates if the local master recognizes any of its assigned slaves as offline 0 Atleast one slave is offline 1 All slaves OK This bit indicates if the local master has recognized a critical error 0 No critical errors 1 Critical error active This bit is set when problems with the ping sequence is encountered Page 204 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Word Name Description Address Address Offset Example Example This bit indicates if the local master has detected a database mismatch 0 Database OK 1 Database mismatch This bit indicates when the data in the Output data area of the DPRAM is updated after a Switch over 0 Output data is not updated 1 Output data is updated Once this bit is set it remains set for the remaining session until the Anybus is either reset or HSBY state changes to Not Connected Not used set to z
173. fibus Slave Diagnostic Status 8 3X1037 Module Status Profibus Master Operating State 1 3X1038 Module Status Profibus Ident Number 1 3X1039 Module Status Profibus Master Serial Number 2 3X1041 Module Status Profibus Software Version 1 3X1042 Module Status Profibus Master Module Status 1 3X1043 Module Status Profibus CRC32 2 3X1045 Module Status PTQ Module CRC32 2 3X1047 Module Status Application program scan counter 1 3X1048 Module Status Module Profibus output image data update counter 1 3X1049 Module Status Module Profibus input image data update counter 1 3X1050 Module Status Module out mailbox counter 1 3X1051 Module Status Module in mailbox counter 1 3X1052 Module Status Module alarm IND receive counter 1 3X1053 Module Status Module alarm CON receive counter 1 3X1054 Module Status Reserved1 1 3X1055 Module Status Reserved2 1 io Outputs ea A oupas IV Expand Module Data M Show Slot Numbers MV Expand Module Status IV Show ProfiBus Address Export Processor Files Print e K 3 On the Memory Map dialog box click Export Processor Files Note For Unity Map PCB will export the XSY file and XFM files in the same directory if mailbox parameter is chosen The filenames will match the module name you chose in PCB For Concept Map PCB will export dty file txt file and asc files if mailbox parameter is chosen 4 Name the file and choose a location on your hard drive The recommended location is your My Documents fol
174. figure the Processor 38 Configure the PROFIBUS Master 27 Configure the PROFIBUS Slaves 29 Configuring the Module 15 48 Configuring the Processor with Concept 34 73 Configuring the Processor with ProWORX 32 e 109 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL e 34 39 Connect to the ProTalk Configuration Debug Port 11 Constructing a Bus Cable for PROFIBUS DP e 218 Crossed status information 158 Crossed Status Information 150 D Database Mismatch 160 Deployment Checklist 9 Derived Function Blocks Overview 57 Details for calculating the TWD parameter 171 Determining the parameter TWD 170 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 7 173 Does the module work in a remote rack e 229 Download the Project to the Module 35 Download the Project to the Processor 51 Downloading the Ethernet Configuration to the Module 26 DPV1 Error Codes 136 E Effect on System Scan Time 139 Error Codes 135 Ethernet Connection 217 Ethernet Port Configuration wattcp cfg 217 Exiting the Program 185 Export the Processor Memory Map 33 F FDL Layer Access 161 Features and Benefits 191 File Locations 37 Frequently Asked Questions 229 Function Blocks Operation Overview 54 Functional Overview 7 193 Functional Specifications 192 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 235 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master G Gener
175. figured flag to indicate if output data is Byte Swap swapped after receiving from the output image of the controller If 0 no swapping If not 0 then swap bytes 1012 IW 1012 12H Module PTQ module application software version number software major version number 12L Module software minor Bits version 16 8 7 0 hummet High Byte Low Byte 1013 W 1013 13 PROFIBUS This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is Slave assigned to each slave station address The Configured List associate bit is set if the slave is present in the database For the bit slave relationship refer to Slave List Structure 1021 IW1021 21 PROFIBUS This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is Data Transfer assigned to each slave station address The Status associated bit is set if the slave has reached or retained the Data Exchange state at least once during the last three data cycles For the bit slave relationship refer to Slave List Structure 1029 lW 1029 29 PROFIBUS This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is Slave assigned to each slave station address When a Diagnostic Slave leaves the Deactive state for the first time the Status associated bit is set This bit is then cleared when the slave enters Data Exchange state If a slave indicates Extended Diagnostics when itis in Data Exchange stat the associated bit is set For the bit slave relationship refer to Slave List Structure Slave List Structure for Offse
176. for the Set Operating Mode mailbox function block 5 Click File lmport Browse the SETOPMD ASC file at the C project DFB folder File open 2 x File name Folders OK SETOPMD asc c project dfb Sal Cancel GETALARM asc a Eck een GETCFG asc TA Gra GETDIAGN asc Aneel Network Gt I LIVE asc SETADDRS asc SETCAC asc SETOPMD asc SETSLVMD asc 2 List files of type Drives Project DFB asc v 4 After you click OK the following warning message will be displayed Click No DBGEN Warning x 7 different version local DataTypeFile C PROJECT DFB PTQ PD 1 DT do you want to overwrite Then the following warning message is displayed Click OK DBGEN Warning x local datatype file PTQ PD 1 dty does not match datatypes in DFB project restart Converter and click yes to overwrite datatype file Page 80 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 6 After the import procedure is concluded the following window is displayed Click OK SETOPMD ASC gt project fq Project SETOPMD Main Action success Errors 0 Warnings 1 peel The following warning is displayed this is expected E message_list lof x Mon Mar 06 22 43 41 2006 start Converter Global DFB path C CONCEPT DFB different version local DataTypeFile C PROJECT DFB PTQ PD 1 DTY
177. fore the passive master failed before the active master detects a failure TA is calculated according to the following formula TA Max 30 TTR SM where SM is a safety margin 10 of TTR The formula implies that the minimum time between polls is 30 ms highest timer resolution of the RTOS is 5 ms while the maximum time is proportional to the Target Rotation time TTR The time it takes for the active master to detect a passive master failure is not so crucial since no switchover would take place The active master would just carry on operating as a stand alone master Another argument to keep TA ata reasonable value is that we would like to keep the CPU load as low as possible since the most important thing for the active master is to keep up the pace with its assigned slaves The table below gives an example of the discussed timing values for some baud rates Preconditions The values are based on a PCB PROFIBUS Master Configuration Software configuration consisting of 96 slaves where each slave has 16 bytes input data and 16 bytes output data that is max DPRAM size The bus profile in the bus parameters set up is set to Single master The active master has a physical address equal to one which means that the passive one will use address zero TTR in the example is doubled compared to the value that the master configuration software calculates ProSoft Technology Inc Page 147 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Q
178. g configuration files using ProSoft Configuration Builder 5 The Path Name is a friendly name for your reference Enter a path name that identifies the module and then click OK to return to the previous dialog box Transport Path Editor x Serial Ethernet PathId IP Address _Path Name oi 192 168 2 23 PTQ PDPMV1 Add Delete Selected Path 1 E Cancel 6 Select the new path and then click the Select button Click the Close button This action associates the device with the path ID in your field network lt 1 ProSoft Technology comDTN loj x Hardware selection Name Pathid__ Type PTO PDPM Tae Configuration tool Refresh list Select Deselect Close 7 Select the comDTM icon and click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose Connect If the connection is successful the icon will be highlighted as shown in the following illustration a g SLTA roer gt Prosoft Technology comDTM EY lt 0 gt Cerabar 5 PMx i xi PA 03 00 10 i lt 2 gt Cerabar 5 PMx 7x PA 03 00 10 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 215 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master When the comDTM is connected with the master PACTware indicates the connection master by displaying a green plug in the status bar m El oir x O lt NONAME gt Administrator This completes the installation and Q
179. gedataupd 32489 WORD ModuleStatus_ModuleProfibusinputimagedataupdat 32490 WORD ModuleStatus_Moduleoutmailboxcounter 17 WORD ModuleStatus_Moduleinmailboxcounter 17 WORD CAK A AE AL AE AE AE E AIE E AE AE AE AE AE E AE E ProSoft Technology Inc Page 43 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 1 1 Updating Checksum Values UnityPro XL The PTQ PDPMV1 module is almost ready and the CRC values for the PROFIBUS configuration should match between the module and the processor gt To confirm that both CRCs match 1 From PCB select the module icon and then click the right mouse button to open a Shortcut menu 2 On the shortcut menu choose Diagnostics Wait for ProSoft Configuration Builder to go online with the module through the Serial or Ethernet port 3 When the module is online press to display the main menu 4 On the main menu press C to view the module configuration The following illustration shows example CRC values for the Module File and the PROFIBUS File Note Because the CRC values are calculated for your unique configuration the values on your screen will not be the same as the ones in the following illustration Diagnostics 2 mime naeg MODULE CONFIGURATION PTQ PDPMV1 Slot Number 4 Found In Slot Number 4 Profibus Input Size words Profibus Output Size words Input Start Reg T
180. he processor and the processor continues with the next scan The process repeats for every scan time The time Tsp backplane transfer time is nominally 7 0ms for a complete transfer of data This is maximum time for all 1984 input bytes and 1838 output bytes this includes cyclic acyclic mailbox command data and input output status data The user is able to control the number of input and output bytes within ProSoft Configuration Builder The module supports 1536 bytes input data and 1536 bytes output cyclic data PTQ PDPMV1 Main Loop 3 The PTQ transfers the data from the backplane buffer to the PROFIBUS master buffer in preparation to condition the data for slave type data consistency This time Tpta PTQ process time is nominally 45ms During this loop the PTQ module alternative locks the input and output data areas and exchanges the data It also transfers acyclic mailbox data PROFIBUS Loop 4 The PROFIBUS cycle time is based on many factors including synchronization time slave response time idle time bus baud rate The cycle time TMC is calculated and added to processor scan time Tptq and Tsp time to arrive at the maximum response time of the PROFIBUS system Calculating System Response Time Processor PTQ module and PROFIBUS system response times are essentially dependent on the following factors Tscan processor scan time Loop1 Tsp max BP transfer time Loop 2 Tra max PTQ process time Loo
181. he PTQ module to transfer the next In Mailbox Message if there is one to the processor ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 133 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 6 4 Mailbox Messaging Error Codes 6 4 1 Mailbox Messaging Message Information This register contains bit and code information about the mailbox message The register is divided into five areas according to the following illustration b15 bl4 b13 b12 bll bl0 b9 b8 b7 b bS b4 b3 b2 bl b0 Message Type ERR C R reserved Error Code Bit Description Contents Field ERR This bit indicates if the 0 Message OK received command contained any errors Error See also Error Code below C R This bit specifies 0 whether the message is a command ora Response Message Command Message response Error If the ERR bit is set this Oh Invalid Message ID Code fed contain additonal jp Invalid Message Type error 2h Invalid Command 3h Invalid Data Size 4h Message header malformed offset 008h 5h Message header malformed offset OOAh 6h Message header malformed offset OOCh to 00Dh 8h Invalid Response 9h Flash Config Error Fh Invalid Other All other values are reserved Message This field specifies the 1h Application Message Type type of the message 2h PROFIBUS Specific Message 3h Memory Message 5h Reset Message All other values are reserved 6 4
182. hrough the Groupin input pin parameter The actual code that will select the operation type must be configured through the Cntrlln input pin Refer to the User Manual for the valid control codes E Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ Jof x File Edit Yiew Objects Project Online Options Window Help Di cota Fs a nl SH JEJEJE E FBI_1_6 6 SETSLVMD SetSlaveMode PTQ1_Out_Status SetSlaveMode gt SetMdSlw SetMdSlw PTQ1_Out_Status gt gt StatOut StatOut lt PTQ1_Out_Mailbox MailOut MailOut PTQ1_Out_Mailbox PTQ1_In_Status gt gt Statin SlvAdOut SlaveMdOut PTQ1_In_Mailbox Mailln GroupOut GroupOut d SlaveMdin gt H SIvAdIn CntlOut ControlOut f Groupin Groupin i Bo 8 Vey Geet oe Cntrlin gt Cotrlln a atued cst Tay hae Pek ws quale j 3 ExtF ault EtFaute Faultinf Faultini6 NOT CONNECTED 4 12 10 Start Stop Slaves Mailbox Function Block STSLVS Trigger Byte Start Stop Description The STSLVS function block can be used to request the module to Start stop certain slaves dynamically The slave address must be selected through the SlveNumb input pin This is an array of 126 slaves Change the value for a specific slave from 0 to 1 to stop communication with the master EJ f FBI_1_4 1 Fi STSLVS E ial Start gt Start gt Start 7 EE Stop gt Stop
183. iaae 193 9 2 1 About the PROFIBUS Protocol paon mire anien aeae aaee a anes ir Oae Naata 193 922 General QYverviS Wis ke eet o e a e a ae a aaee ia eraa E aR 193 9 2 3 PROFIBUS DP Architecture opos utar srenti aeeiiaii ai aeaea tdia AAi i 194 9 2 4 Master Slave Communication Phases cccecccceececeeeeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeetees 195 9 2 5 PTQ Input and Output Data BIOCKS ssssesnnnneenseeeeetnrrensetrettnrrenesterttnnnennsnrettnnnnn nnee nt 196 9 3 PROFIBUS CoM DTM a iaaa a l ee ckdedbecadetestesodecensned acdetaderestecesaucestcneessianistuepeccdes 207 9 3 1 ProSoft Technology product availability 0 0 0 eceeeeeeeeee erence ee eeneeeeeetneeeeetneeeees 207 9 3 2 MUOGUCHON geeeties hee ester sa a ean ea a eae eae ase een ee 207 9 3 3 Hardware Requirements Recommended eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeettaeeeeetneeeeees 210 9 3 4 Software Requirements MINIMUM 0 ccceeceeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeteneeeeetieeeeertieeeeetnaeeeees 210 9 4 Cable COmMeCti ONS icc 2isietescecetecctevesteshecsceade erneta iaaea ta toraa mo pa ekaabo anbaan eaka anra i anakina 217 9 4 1 Ethernet Connection ccccccccceeceeeeccceceeeeeeeeeaeaeceeeeeeaceaaaneeeeeeeeeeeseccinaeeeeeeeeseeeanes 217 9 4 2 RS 232 Configuration Debug Port cece kia anien EEE ERREAREN E En EREEREER 218 9 5 PROFIBUS Master Port assaassnnsunneunneennnuunneunnnunnnunnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne nnn nenne nnne 218 9 6 Constructing
184. icators Front of PTQ module 174 gt Module Status Indicators eeren 176 gt PROFIBUS Master Indicators een 178 gt The Configuration Debug Menu seeen 178 The module provides information on diagnostics and troubleshooting in the following forms Status data values are transferred from the module to the processor Data contained in the module can be viewed through the Configuration Debug port attached to a terminal emulator LED status indicators on the front of the module provide information on the module s status 8 1 Basic Troubleshooting Steps 1 Verify that the module is installed correctly and is communicating with the processor 2 Install the most current version of ProSoft Configuration Builder 3 Note the color and behavior of the LED Status Indicators lights on the front panel Refer to the tables in the following section for examples o The Active light should be ON whenever the module is communicating with the processor over the backplane A processor must be positioned on the main rack and powered up If this light does not come ON either the module or the processor may be hung or off line Power cycle the PTQ and the PLC processor o The Configure light should be OFF If the light is ON it is still possible to communicate with the module but the module and master are prevented from going into RUN mode There are two conditions that cause the Configuration light to be on First The Configuration f
185. iles are missing or corrupt Configuration files are stored on the Compact Flash card inserted in the rear of the module Remove the Compact Flash card and transfer the configuration files from your PC to the card using a card reader Second The checksum values for PROFIBUS network configuration file have changed but the processor did not acknowledge the configuration change by returning the correct checksum values to the module Re import the function block file using the procedure in the following section ProSoft Technology Inc Page 173 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Special Note Transferring Configuration Data to Replacement Module All module configuration data including PTQ PROFIBUS Network and Ethernet are stored on the Compact Flash in the PTQ module Should a module failure occur itis a simple matter of moving the Compact Flash from the old module to the replacement module in order to transfer the configuration data 8 2 LED Status Indicators Front of PTQ module The LEDs indicate the module s operating status The module has two sets of LED status indicators PTQ Module Status LEDs onthe PROFIBUS Master Status LEDs front of the module near the top behind the door on the front of the module Module Status LEDs PB Comm Status TEE i lt lt jn Page 174 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30
186. ime the passive master waits for a response until it re sends the message TSL is defined by bus parameter SlotTime Page 146 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master If the active master fails when it is in possession of the token the passive master would sense this and reclaim the token after the timeout time TTO In other words the passive master will not wait for the entire TTR Target Rotation time to expire before it can send a ping request and detect the faulty active master TTO is calculated according to the following formula according to the FDL layer specification TTO 6 TSL 2 TS TSL where TS is the physical address of the passive master The formula implies that the physical address of the passive master should be kept as low as possible in order to achieve an optimal time out time To conclude this means that the time it takes for the passive master to detect an active master failure TFA is based on two factors the time it takes to reclaim the token the time it takes to send a ping message with retries TFA TTO max_retry_limit 1 TSL The active master would poll for incoming ping requests every TA ms and if no request has been received since the last poll the COM bit is cleared The poll sequence is asynchronous to the ping sequence so in worst case it might take 2 TA that is the last poll took place just be
187. in Primary mode 1 0 Other PLC Running in Standby mode 1 1 PLCs have matching Logic 0 PLCs do not have matching Logic 1 This PLC set as unit A 0 This PLC set as unit B 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 71 6 5 41 3 2 110 0 Unlocated Variables being transferred 1 Unlocated Variables not being transferred 0 The hot stand by has not been activated 1 Hot stand by is active ProSoft Technology Inc Page 157 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master SW61 Hot Standby Status Register The following gives additional detail on the various part of the Status Register SW61 0 to 3 These bits display the state of the local and remote Hot Standby PLC SW61 4 This bit is set 1 whenever a logic mismatch is detected between the Primary and Standby PLCs This means that either the MID CID or LID is different on the two PLCs Under this condition if bit 13 of the Command Register is set 0 bit 1 of the Status Register will be set 1 SW61 5 This bit identifies the order reported by the copro at start time depends on the range of the MAC addresses If the A B designation is A then bit 5 will be set 0 If the A B designation is B then bit 5 will be set 1 SW61 14 If set 1 it indicates that a logic mismatch has been detected that disallows Unlocated Variables to be transferred from Primary to Standby This feature had been cancelled for UNITY
188. ing The token is passed to each station with a maximum definable token cycle time A station is given transmission rights for the duration of time that it has the token Master Slave Polling Master Slave polling guarantees a cyclic real time based data exchange between the station with transmission rights active station and its subordinates passive stations In this case the master is able to pass data to the slave and or receive data The services in layer 2 field bus data link in ISO OSI reference model organize this communication 9 2 4 Master Slave Communication Phases The communication between the Master and the Slaves is split up into the following phases Parameterization and configuration phase Usable data transfer phase Before a DP Slave can be integrated into the usable data transfer phase the parameterization and configuration phase runs a device identification test that verifies that the planned configuration matches the actual device configuration for each slave in the PROFIBUS network The test verifies that the device is actually there itis the right type of device ProSoft Technology Inc Page 195 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master the address which is set on the device matches the station address on the bus the formats telegram length information and bus parameters are correct and the number of configured inputs and outputs is cor
189. input block where the Input Start Register Parameter 1000 Layout of I O blocks Input 301000 gt Output yan Status Status 301079 Mailbox Mailbox 301223 Output Input Profibus Profibus Data Data Page 30 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following table shows the actual Quantum address Input Address configured in PCB Bytes Actual Quantum Input Register Address Words 0 1 301223 2 3 301224 4 5 301225 1 Double click the Slave icon to view the Slave Device properties 7 Slave properties ProLinx Profibus Slave xi i Parameter assignment GS file prlx05a5 gsd Module PROFIBUS address 0 Vendor ProLins Comm Gatewa 2 4 xl Family path Gateway Aane Slave Vv Model name ProLinx Profibus Slave Watchdog Iv Maximum baud rate 12000 kBit sec Slave name ProLinx Profibus Slave Syne freeze property 7 SYNC JV FREEZE Group assignment Comment In particular note the following settings Automatic PROFIBUS Address Assignment o ProSoft Configuration Builder automatically assigns a PROFIBUS address to each new slave The address assignment begins at address 3 and is incremented by 1 for each new slave added to the network You can change the address in the Common tab of the Slave Properties dialog box o Automatic Input Output Address Assignment For each new slav
190. ion MailIn 15 The appropriate return value s for Set Operating Mode can now be read or accessed in the In Mode ConfRequired and FaultInformation values SetOperatingMode E Out a Cmd Mode ConfRequired ConfRequired Faultlnformation ProSoft Technology Inc Page 59 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Each mailbox command can be executed and responded to using similar procedures as outlined above 3 4 Using Mailbox Function Blocks Function blocks define software components or modules that perform a specific function Each function block has its own pre defined set of inputs and outputs The function blocks provided with the PTQ PDPMV1 module contain the logic to handle acyclic mailbox messages and alarms It transfers data between the main output input mailbox arrays and the corresponding slave devices 3 4 1 Overview The mailbox function blocks build mailbox requests to the module and read the mailbox response from the module These mailbox function blocks are optional meaning that the project will update PROFIBUS data and status information even if no function blocks are used 3 4 2 Configuration The mailbox function block contains inputs outputs and inputs outputs pins that must be associated to specific variables The mailbox function blocks except the GetAlarm which will
191. ion lt gt a Application HSBY Remote status HSBY Remote status HSBY Nr of remote slaves HSBY Nr of remote slavee HSBY Local status HSBY Nr of local slaves HSBY Local status HSBY Nr of local slaves Slave status Both masters inform the counterpart of its slave status as a part of the CSI The Slave status information includes two parts the SO bit in register HSBY Local status and register HSBY Nr of local slaves Based on this information a high level system could switch to the master that recognize most slaves The SO bit indicates if the master recognizes any of its assigned slaves as offline Register HSBY Nr of local slaves indicates how many slaves are online How this information is determined depends on if the Master module operates as active or passive master The active master would use the state report information available from the Siemens stack A slave is considered to be online when it participates in the cyclic DataExchange sequence Note This means that a slave that reports Prm fault or Config fault is considered to be offline even if it is physically accessible to the master The passive master would ping all of its assigned slaves with FDL_Status telegrams once every time it holds the token A slave is considered to be online when it responds to the telegram During a switchover the Slave status information w
192. ismatch 0 Database OK 1 Database mismatch This bit indicates when the data in the Output data area of the DPRAM is updated after a switch over 0 Output data is not updated 1 Output data is updated Once this bit is set it remains set for the remaining session until the Anybus is either reset or HSBY state changes to Not Connected Not used set to zero Not used set to zero This bit indicates if the counterpart is present 0 Counterpart not present 1 Counterpart is present High Byte Low Byte 8 7 0 HSJ OD DB CE SO PA This bit indicates that the Hot standby functionality is enabled 0 HSBY disabled Module operates as stand alone master or HS BY state equals Not connected 1 HSBY enabled See explanation of bits OD DB CE SO and PA in chart for address 1060 1062 IW1062 62 HSBY Message length from UDP HSBY Server ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 153 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Word Address Address Offset Example Example Name Description 1063 IW1063 63 Low byte HSBY Passive Status from UDP HSBY Server High byte HSBY Passive number of slaves Message length from UDP HSBY Server Refer to word 60 for explanation This is a backup word derived from Ethernet UDP messaging 1064 to IW1064 64 to 65 1165 to IW1165 HSB
193. ission rate and is specified at the supported baud rates within the device GSD file For PROFIBUS DP this value may range from a minimum of 11Tbits min Tspr default to a maximum of 255Tbits Initiator Delay Time Tsp Tsp refers to the station delay of the initiator of a request or token frame the master Initiator Idle Time T p After receiving the last character of a telegram the initiator must wait this amount of time until it sends the next telegram The idle time Tip is the time between transmission of the last bit of a frame no acknowledge and the transmission of the first bit of the next frame It is at least the sync time Tsyn plus some safety margin Tsm but is also calculated as the maximum of these three values Tsyn Tsm Min Tspr OF Tsp Station delay of telegram initiator The addition of safety margin Tsm is very important at high baud rates Minimum Slave Interval The minimum slave interval is the minimum time that must expire between two slave polling cycles in which a slave can exchange data with the master To permit the slave station to be able to respond during every data cycle it controls the bus cycle with this parameter It is defined in the slave s GSD file via the parameter Min_Slave_Interval which is specified as a 16 bit factor of 100us Min_Slave_Interval 1 is 100us On some older equipment the PROFIBUS link was implemented in software as opposed to within the slave ASIC and a typic
194. it takes to detect a faulty active master One issue regarding TS 0 is that the passive master would attain address 125 which in turn means that HSA must be set to its maximum value of 125 to allow for the passive master to enter token ring If this is not adhered to the Master module will reject mailbox END_INIT Fault info 6 and Additional Fault info 19 This special case would be handled by PCB master configuration which will not accept TS 0 if the HSBY bus parameter profile is selected 7 3 4 HSBY Master GSD file No changes to the original file PTQ_18F0 GSD would be necessary LED indicators The Master status LED would flash red indicating that the Master module operates as passive master When the Master module operates as passive master the COM status LED would signal the same information as it does for an active master or a combined C1 C2 master Unsupported functions When the Master module operates as a passive HSBY master the following mailboxes are not allowed and will be rejected with Fault information code OxO0FD o FB_APPL_SET_SLAVE_MODE o FB_APPL_GET_MASTER_DIAG o FB_APPL_GET_SLAVE_DIAG internal request o FB_APPL_MSAC1_PROFID_V3_PARAM ProSoft Technology Inc Page 163 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master When the Master module operates as HSBY master passive or active Class 2 master only mode is not allowed Refer to F
195. ith Unity and IEC Logic Overview A Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system requires two backplanes configured with identical hardware software and firmware One of the controllers PLC functions as the Primary controller and the other as a Standby controller The Primary updates the Standby after every scan The Primary and Standby communicate constantly monitoring the health of the system If the Primary fails the Standby takes control within one scan 7 1 5 Understanding System Scan Time in Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity Systems Effect on System Scan Time The scan time of any Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system depends on the amount of data transferred Because data must be transferred from Primary to Standby any Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system always has a higher scan time than a comparable standalone system ProSoft Technology Inc Page 139 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Performance Considerations A Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system increases the length of a MAST scan creating system overhead Note System overhead is the time required to copy the application data to the communication link layer The network scan communication between Primary and Standby copros 1 Exchanges data between both controllers 2 Runs in parallel with the application program A Hot Standby system Most
196. itical errors Critical error active This bit is set when problems with the ping sequence is encountered This bit indicates if the local master has detected a database mismatch Database OK 1 Database mismatch e O c OD This bit indicates when the data in the Output data area of the DPRAM is updated after a switch over 0 Output data is not updated 1 Output data is updated Once this bit is set it remains set for the remaining session until the Anybus is either reset or HSBY state changes to Not Connected Not used set to zero Not used set to zero This bit indicates if the counterpart is present 0 Counterpart not present 1 Counterpart is present Local PB Mstr Same as offset word 61 Low Byte HSBY Active Master Status High Byte HSBY Active number of slaves High Byte Low Byte 16 8 7 0 HS OD DB CE SO PA ProSoft Technology Inc Page 183 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Bit Explanation PA Bits 0 to 6 refer to Remote Byte reference above So CE DB OD HS This bit indicates that the Hot standby functionality is enabled 0 HSBY disabled Module operates as stand alone master or HSBY state equals Not connected 1 HSBY enabled HSBY UDP Message Same as offset word 62 This is the UDP message length Msg in HEX Same as offset word 63 to 67
197. its current configuration The processor must copy back the same CRC values to the module as part of the output status data If the CRC values are not synchronized the module will be switched to STOP mode and the CFG ERR LED will be illuminated If the CFG ERR LED is OFF it means that the CRC values are synchronized While the module is in STOP mode there will be no data exchange with the configured PROFIBUS slaves The SETCRC function block is presented in this procedure for convenience purposes to get your PTQ PDPMV1 module up and running The SETCRC function block automatically updates the CRC through the following lines of structured text code StatOut PROFIBUSCRC StatIn PROFIBUSCRC StatOut ModuleCRC Statin ModuleCRC This procedure suggests the use of the SETCRC function block in order to avoid the module being set to STOP mode during successive configuration changes these changes typically occur during the initial setup steps However please note that the SETCRC function block also prevents the module from supporting the configuration validation functionality because the CRC values will always be synchronized even if an unexpected download occurs After the module is configured and the CRC values are synchronized the SETCRC function block can be disabled for applications that require configuration validation To disable the SETCRC function block follow these steps 1 Double click at the SETCRC function block at the FBD
198. l I SSS SSS eee ENEN 4 a a ie le ee J Figure 6 Passive master failure Ping Message Structure In addition to detecting a lost counterpart the ping message is also used to communicate status information between the active and passive master The ping message would carry the following data 4 bytes Byte Data Description 0 HSBY Local status Status information of the passive master 1 HSBY Nr of local slaves Number of slaves accessible to the passive master 2 to3 16 bit CRC CRC of the passive masters database Table 3 Ping req ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 149 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Byte Data Description 0 HSBY Local status Status information of the active master 1 HSBY Nr of local slaves Number of slaves accessible to the active master 2to3 16 bit CRC CRC of the active masters database Table 4 Ping res 7 2 8 PTQ Link Message The PTQ modules require Ethernet UDP services for active and passive module communications Two types of services are provided 1 Service port 3001 Used for status data and CRC data of the standby to primary unit The CRC values are listed below from the PTQ PDPMV 1 Reference Guide Quantum Unity Word Name Description Address Address Offset 1043 W 1043 43 PROFIBUS CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration configuration downloaded from configuration Check
199. lave Addr Set Slave Address No of Slave Data bytes n Slave Ident Number i as No_add_ Chg a a Slave Data 1 Slave Data 2 Slave Data 3 Slave Data n slave data will appear byte swapped Slave Data 1 Slave Data 2 Slave Data 3 Slave Data n Message Information Refer to Message Information page 134 Current Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the current address of the slave New Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the new address of the slave Slave Ident Number Ident number for the slave which address should be altered ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 123 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master No_add_Chg This parameter specifies whether it is allowed to change the slave address again at a later stage If this is not allowed it is only possible to change the address with this function after initial reset After the initial reset the slave takes the default address of 126 00h Change of address is still possible at a later stage 01h FFh Change of address is only possible after the initial address that is the default address 126 Error Code 1 4 If Return Code equals 3080h Negative indication from lower layer status values according to the DP specification in available in Error Code 1 Error Codes 2 and 3 are reserved Refer to Return Codes page 134 Return Code Refer to Return Codes page 134 Fau
200. lave Mode Send special control command to one or several slaves Sync Freeze Get Slave Diag Get diagnostic information from a slave Get Slave Config Get slave configuration Set Slave Address Set node address of a slave if supported by the slave Get Live List Get information from all nodes on the network MSAC1 Read DPV1 acyclic read Class 1 MSAC1 Write DPV1 acyclic write Class 1 DPV1 Alarm Handling Generated by Slave Devices Message Description data is slave dependent Alarm Confirmation This message is sent by the PTQ module automatically as a confirmation to the Alarm Indications The processor logic required to implement these messaging mailbox exchanges will be made simpler after the Function Blocks are provided Sending a mailbox message to the PTQ PDPMV1 module is a relatively simple process however it is important to follow a certain sequence Remembering the PROFIBUS Output Data Memory Map Quantum Unity Address Relative Description Address Example Word Example Offset 40101 MW101 0 Last in Mailbox Message ID 40102 MW102 1 Last Alarm Control index 40103 MW103 2 PROFIBUS CRC32 Computed for PROFIBUS 40104 MW104 Config Page 114 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Address Relative Description Address Example Word Example Offset 40105 MW105 4 Module CRC32 computed for modu
201. le data 40106 MW106 When the module first starts up or recognized an initialization of the processor it will compare the values of the two CRCs in the input and output images If either one of the CRCs do not match the module will be placed in Stop mode If each set matches the module will be placed in Operate mode 40107 to MW107 to 6 to 149 Outgoing Mailbox Data Mailbox Message 40150 MW150 command being sent to the PTQ module 40151toN MW151toN 150toN PROFIBUS Output Data Data going to the PROFIBUS Network N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Output data block Maximum size is 1536 bytes The important section relevant to the Mailbox Messaging discussion is the Outgoing Mailbox Data section Word Offsets 2 to 145 Within this section of data the following structure exists Mailbox Message Structure To PTQ module Quantum Unity Address Relative Type Description Address Example Word Example Offset 40107 MW107 6 Message Processor logic or user set The ID Message ID field is used by the PTQ module to detect a new message in the PROFIBUS Output data image When the value is detected as non zero the message is processed immediately 40108 MW108 7 Message See individual commands for data Info values to be entered in each of these 40109 MW109 Command _ egister locations 40110 MW110 Data Size 40111 MW111 10 Frame Count 40112 YMW112 11 Frame
202. le has a mailbox response to be sent to the processor Therefore the function block implementation will handle the block by copying the response data to the appropriate mailbox data structure ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 55 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master StatOut ModuleStatus_LastinMailBoxMessageID lt gt StatIn MailBoxData_CurrentInMailboxControlIndex No Y Mailbox response A received from Yes module Y Copy mailbox response to public variable v Set handshake back to the module The module will increment StatlIn Mail BoxData_CurrentAlarmControlindex when the module contains alarms to be sent to the processor The function block implementation will then copy the alarm to the appropriate data structure The function block implementation uses the following expression to verify if any alarms are available StatOut ModuleStatus_LastAlarmControlindex lt gt StatIn MailBoxData_CurrentAlarmControlIndex After the alarm is copied the logic then updates the alarm index for handshaking purposes StatOut ModuleStatus_LastAlarmControlindex StatIn MailBoxData_CurrentAlarmControliIndex No b New alarms V s 4 available Yy Copy the alarm to the alarm public variable Y Acknowledge the alarm Please refer to Mailbox Messaging page 112 for further information about each mailbox parameter
203. ll active The time measurement takes place in the PROFIBUS slave If the watchdog is activated and the time TWD Watch Dog Time since the last cyclic call expires the device leaves cyclic data exchange goes into the original state Wait_prm and sets the outputs to the secure state The value of the time TWD and the activation of the watch dog are transferred in the parameterized telegram from the PROFIBUS Master to the PROFIBUS slave at startup transition to the data exchange In general dimensioning of the time TWD is used specific not device specific not in the GSD The value is bounded below by cycle times As a rule the configuration tool is used to enter the time TWD There are configuration tools for which the watchdog time is set 1x per PROFIBUS master and other for which the watchdog time is set individually for each PROFIBUS PA station This does not change with the value of the watchdog time For many tools the time TWD is automatically calculated based on the cycle time of the master with a corresponding baud rate ProSoft Technology Inc Page 169 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master At higher baud rates on the PROFIBUS DP side for example 12MBd cycle times on the PA side may be longer by a factor of 300 If parameters were set directly for a PROFIBUS PA device at a baud rate DP for a time calculated for a higher master TWD it would generally be le
204. loading the Ethernet Configuration to the MOdUIEC s ccesesseeeseeeeeeees 26 2 3 Configure the PROFIBUS Mastet cccsecsseessseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeseeeeeseaeseneeeenseeeneas 27 2 3 1 Install the GSD FIGS ii cee ch doe ainein cheer et eee a 28 2 3 2 Configure the PROFIBUS Slaves 0 0 0 cece ener reece ee eeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeeeeeaas 29 2 3 3 Export the Processor Memory Map cececceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeeeeseeenaeas 33 2 3 4 Download the Project to the MOdUIe ec eeecceeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 35 2 3 0 Baok Up ihe Projeten tied ston e a E a 36 2 4 Configure the ProC SSOl cccssccssccssseeeeseeeeseeeseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaesenneeenseeeeseaesaseeeeeseaeeeas 38 3 CONFIGURING THE PROCESSOR WITH UNITY PRO XL seccesetcesseeeeseeeeeeeeesneeeeneeeeeeenenss 39 3 1 Import the Functional Module ccceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeseseeneeseeseeneesesesnenseseenenes 39 3 1 1 Updating Checksum Values UnityPro XL ooo eee eeecee eee eeeeeeeteeeeeeseeaeeeeeeaeees 44 3 1 2 Setup General Unity Pro XL Project Settings 0 cece cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 46 3 1 3 Configure the Memory Size for the ProCeSSOl cceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaaees 48 34 i Buildithe Project ccs 2 ith sient hie etihied E 50 3 1 5 Download the Project to the Processor ccccececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeaaees 51 3 1
205. lt Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here 0100h Current slave address out of range 0200h New slave address out of range OAOOh Failed to execute request OBOOh Remote station failure FFOOh Module not initialized Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 133 Slave Data With this parameter it is possible to deliver user specific data The data is stored in the slave if possible that is EEPROM FLASH and so on 6 2 5 Mailbox Message Get Live List This command returns 127 bytes of information about the nodes on the network Every byte stands for one bus subscriber and the position of the byte in the response data assigns the address 0 to 126 the content assigns the Station Type This command can be sent in all operation modes that is STOP CLEAR and OPERATE however the module must be initialized properly Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name GET LIVE LIST Command Number 1800h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Page 124 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Command and Response Layout Get Live List Get Live List 127 Bytes of Data Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Ext
206. m PROFIBUS DP V1 Master count is 3000 If your input requires more than 2000 registers refer to the following paragraph Important You must configure the number of registers required for your application correctly otherwise the backplane driver will not transfer any data between the processor and the module Please note that the Input Data Size and Output Data Size parameters configured in PCB will configure only the number of registers required for PROFIBUS data However the module will require more registers for status and mailbox transfer For this reason you must verify the total number of registers through the Diagnostics window 7 In Concept open the File menu and then choose Close Project 8 Open the Flle menu again and then choose Open Project to reopen the file that you have just saved This step allows Concept to recognize the data type definitions and function blocks that are located in C project DFB Open File 2x File name Folders OK PTQPROJ PRJ c project eS Cancel PTQPROJ PRJ a Eck Z E gt PROJECT Network DFe List files of type Drives Concept Projects pri v amp b 4 7 Step 4 Import the Variables 1 In Concept open the File menu and then choose Import Select Variables Text Delimited and click OK Select Source File Format x Variables Text delimited Variables Factory Link Program ICC text Program Section s Configuration Cancel Help
207. m Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Opening the Output Data View Menu Press O to open the Output Data View Menu Use this command to view the contents of the input database Refer to Output Data View Menu for information on the commands on this menu Viewing Version Information Press V to view Version information for the module Use this command to view the current version of the software for the module as well as other important values You may be asked to provide this information when calling for technical support on the product Values at the bottom of the display are important in determining module operation The Program Scan Counter value is incremented each time a module s program cycle is complete Tip Repeat this command at one second intervals to determine the frequency of program execution Viewing Fieldbus Data Press 2 to view Fieldbus data Use this command to view information related to the status of each slave in the PROFIBUS network and to verify that each slave is configured SLAVE CFG LIST exchanging data with the master TRANSFER LIST and in diagnostic mode SLAVE DIAG LIST You can also check the operation state of the module where 00 Offline 40 Stop 80 Clear CO Operate Viewing Module Status Press 1 to view information about Module Status Use this command to view status information about the module This screen also contains useful information for m
208. mmand register through application program control This is accomplished by the user application through the SW60 command register Glossary of Terms Active master An active master is controlled by the Primary PLC and exchanges I O data diagnostics and parameter data with its assigned slaves Application If nothing else is stated the term application refers to the application of the master module ASPC2 Bus controller ASIC Counter part The remote master CSI Crossed status information FDL layer Lower layer of a PROFIBUS communication stack Layer 2 of the OSI model Hot Standby HSBY Refers to a redundant system with one Primary and one Standby PLC where the Standby PLC is ready to take over if the Primary PLC fails PCB ProSoft Configuration Builder Software Configuration tool for the master module and PROFIBUS network Passive master A passive master is controlled by the Standby PLC and is ready to take over the communication with the slaves if the active master fails RTOS Real Time Operating System SRD FDL service for Send and Receive Data in one request ProSoft Technology Inc Page 143 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Switchover A switchover occurs when the Standby PLC takes over control and becomes Primary TBD Short for To be defined 7 2 4 Hot Standby States State Descrip
209. mmunicates with only one module the default memory settings will work without further configuration The following steps will help you determine the correct memory addresses to assign for more complex installations The processor memory maps that you configured in ProSoft Configuration Builder are exported from ProSoft Configuration Builder and imported into the Unity Pro XL project These values are calculated from the starting memory address in the processor s State RAM for the module s input and output data images Refer to Configure the Module page 14 for more information on configuring memory addresses in ProSoft Configuration Builder Depending on the complexity of your installation for example when you are deploying the PTQ PDPMV1 module in an existing system you should view the memory configuration for the processor in ProSoft Configuration Builder before you begin to configure memory addresses in Unity Pro XL Some points to keep in mind are As the programmer you must be aware of the memory spaces that are available when deploying in an existing system and assign values to the PTQ accordingly Data registers must exceed starting registers This is in the memory map page that you printed You must assign the PTQ module to a block of processor memory that is not being used by any other device You can use this simple formula to find a block of memory to use If the module consumes 224 words of status data on input and
210. modification e improper testing or causes external to the product such as but not limited to excessive heat or humidity power failure power surges or natural disaster compatibility with other hardware and software products introduced after the time of purchase or products or accessories not manufactured by ProSoft all of which components software and products are provided as is In no event will ProSoft be held liable for any direct or indirect incidental consequential damage loss of data or other malady arising from the purchase or use of ProSoft products ProSoft s software or electronic products are designed and manufactured to function under adverse environmental conditions as described in the hardware specifications for this product As with any product however through age misapplication or any one of many possible problems the device may require repair ProSoft warrants its products to be free from defects in material and workmanship and shall conform to and perform in accordance with published technical specifications and the accompanying written materials for up to one year 12 months from the date of original purchase 3 years for RadioLinx products from ProSoft If you need to return the device for repair obtain an RMA Returned Material Authorization number from ProSoft Technology Inc in accordance with the RMA instructions below Please call the factory for this number and print the number prominently on the out
211. most slaves will be available in the Input data block ProSoft Technology Inc Page 151 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Based on this crossed information updated anytime and simultaneously the user application code can perform a switchover using command register and status bits A switchover can be performed only if the Primary PTQ fails and the Standby PTQ is able to take control We cannot allow the system to switchover if the Standby PTQ status is not known with precision In case of several PTQs per rack the application code will have to diagnose the health status of all Standby PTQs before performing a switchover These diagnostics have to be taken into consideration in order to avoid leaving a bad situation on one side Primary and getting a worse one on the other side 7 3 PTQ PDPMV1 Operation While in primary mode the module will read the output area and write the input area The module will constantly scan the HSBY control word to determine the HSBY state Active LED will flash if the module is in Standby mode in a Hot Standby system The Hot Standby Status Word of the Modicon Quantum processor is read during each end of scan During switchover caused by a failure on the primary all PROFIBUS I Os will be held at their last values till the moment the new PTQ takes control No glitch on I O
212. n Debug Portis active Off Configuration Debug Portis inactive CFG ERR Red On Configuration Error This LED is illuminated when the PROFIBUS and module CRC values do not match between input output blocks The module expects that the correct CRC values will be copied from the processor to the module otherwise the module will be placed in STOP mode MSTR STAT LED RED and the CFG ERR LED is illuminated to warn the user Verify that the values match the values generated with the Calculate Checksums button in ProSoft Configuration Builder A function block is provided for Concept to synchronize input CRCs with Output CRCs This LED will also be illuminated if one of the module s configuration files is missing This LED will illuminate if the module is placed in a slot other than the one for which it was configured For HSBY the LED will illuminate if the Active and Passive masters configuration files do not match After downloading new configuration file to the PTQ module For more information on interpreting this error refer to Word Offset 59 in Slave List Structure Blink Major error occurred Please contact P roSoft Technical Support This error is typically caused by a hardware incompatibility after firmware upgrade Off Normal Operation configuration OK ERR1 and ERR2 On The HSBY processors tried to perform a switch while a master was set to STOP mode This is a critical error and the module
213. n DownLoad Config Log To File 105 102 2 Clear File Close Page 26 of 238 Configuring the Module ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 3 Configure the PROFIBUS Master In this task you will configure the PROFIBUS Master and then add PROFIBUS Slaves to the network When this step is complete you will download the configuration information to the PTQ module You will also export the I O maps for the processor 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder tree view click to expand the PTQ PDPMV1 tree and then double click the PROFIBUS DP icon This action opens the PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box Click the Configure PROFIBUS button This action opens the ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS application Click to expand the PROFIBUS Master tree Drag the ProTalk icon into the Bus Configuration window This is automatically done by the software for new applications E4 ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS PTQ PDPM 1 Project Yiew PROFIBUS Online Option Tools Windows Help Baks AProsofttGSD lt 1 ProSoft B PROFIBUS Master ProSoft Master For HSBY Units x ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS PTQ PDPM 1 HSBY Project View PROFIBUS Online Option Tools Windows Help 64 5 AProsoft GSD lt Giff PROFIBUS Master 1 ProSoft MroSoft
214. n the module with the value reported by the processor The checksum CRC value allows the processor to verify that the configuration file is valid and has not changed since the last time the configuration file was imported to the processor Any change to the contents of the configuration file in either location changes the unique numeric CRC value for the file If the checksum values do not match the Master stops and indicates a configuration error and the CFG light illuminates on the module 1 On the PTQ PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box click the Calculate Checksums button 2 Make a note of the checksum values so that you can enter them later if prompted 3 To insert the checksum values in UnityPro XL refer to Updating Checksum Values UnityPro XL page 44 To insert the checksum values in Concept refer to Configuration Validation amp SETCRC Function Block page 94 The next step is to download the project to the PTQ module 2 3 4 Download the Project to the Module In order for the module to use the PROFIBUS network settings you configured you must download copy the updated Project file from your PC to the module Note The processor Quantum must be in Stop mode before you download the file to the module Use the processor s configuration tool or the softkeys on the processor to stop the processor gt To Download the Project File 1 Inthe tree view in ProSoft Configuration Builder click once to select the
215. n_Stat gt Statin FBI_1_2 2 SETOFMD SetOper SetOper SetClear SetClear SetStop SetStop StatOut StatOut MailOut MailOut b Mailln Mode Prices eave A Nabycer oe cay aes Statin CanfReq1 ConfReq Faultint Associate the variables required for the input and output pins for this function block IMPORTANT The following pins must be associated to the variables previously imported The user cannot associate these pins to any other variables This important step must be followed for all function blocks PIN Type Default Variable Name Data Type StatOut Input output PTQPDPMV1_Out_Stat PTQ_OUT_STATUS MailOut Input output PTQPDPMV1_Out_Mail PTQ_OUT_MAILBOX Statin Input PTQPDPMV1_In_Stat PTQ_IN_STATUS Mailln Input PTQPDPMV1_In_Mail PTQ_IN_ MAILBOX The actual variable name will depend on the module name configured in PCB The default module name is PTQPDPMV1 However the data types used by these variables will always have a fixed name as shown in the table above Default file name PTQ PDPMV 1 Lal New Location gt hii Comment ga PDPM V1 Aa WATTCP OTe Profibus DP ProSoft Technology Inc Page 89 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 It is suggested to initially associate these variables to the correct pins before creating any variables for the other pins as follows al TEST Be x
216. nal information OBOOh Remote station failure Refer to Return Codes page 134 for additional information FFOOh Module not initialized Identifier Bytes 1 n Refer to EN50170 Vol 2 for information on the structure of these bytes In addition refer to the documentation provided with the slave device for more information 6 2 4 Mailbox Message Set Slave Address This command makes it possible to set the node address of a specified slave if the slave supports this feature Note The message data size depends on the actual slave implementation range 0 to 240 bytes Page 122 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name SET SLAVE ADDRESS Command Number 0600h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Set Slave Address Message ID Message information Command Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Message Data byte 1 Message Data byte 2 Data byte 3 Message Message Data byte n Current New Slave Address Slave Addr Slave Ident Number New Slave Current Address S
217. nal screen will be blank To activate the main menu press the M key on your computer s keyboard If the module is connected properly the following menu will appear on your terminal screen PTQ PDPMV1 COMMUNICATION MODULE MENU Display Menu B Block Transfer Statistics C Module Configuration I Input Data View O Output Data View V Version Information 1 Module Status 2 Fieldbus Data 3 Control Registers 4 Ethernet NIC Configuration View Network Configuration Esc Exit Program and Reboot Module Caution Some of the commands available to you from this menu are designed for advanced debugging and system testing only and can cause the module to stop communicating with the processor or with other devices Page 180 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master resulting in potential data loss or other failures Only use these commands if you are specifically directed to do so by ProSoft Technology Technical Support staff Some of these command keys are not listed on the menu but are active nevertheless Please be careful when pressing keys so that you do not accidentally execute an unwanted command Redisplaying the Menu Press to display the current menu Use this command when you are looking at a screen of data and want to view the menu choices available to you Viewing Block Transfer Statistics Press B from the Main Menu to
218. nc Page 75 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Select the files that go with the Concept version you are using and then click OK This action opens the Add New Modules dialog box iif Concept Module Inst loj x File Modules Help Add New Modules Installed eer Available Modules in a ptq_2_60 mde r Module Provide Versior Copyric pay 5 Click the Add All button A series of message boxes may appear during this process Click Yes or OK for each message that appears 6 When the process is complete open the File menu and choose Exit to save your changes 4 4 Step 1 Exporting the Files from PCB 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder right click the PROFIBUS DP folder and then click Configure 2 Click Show Concept Map 3 Click Export Processor Files Concept Memory Map x Address Slave Slot 3X1000 Module Status Module ID string 3X1005 Module Status Quantum Slot Number 3X1006 Module Status Profibus Input Data size 3X1007 Module Status Profibus Output Data size 3X1008 Module Status Input Data Start Address 3X1009 Module Status Output Data Start Address 3X1010 Module Status ReservedO 3X1011 Module Status Byte Swap H Input L Output Data 3X1012 Module Status Module software major version number 3X1013 Module Status Profibus Slave Configured List 3X1021 Module Status Profibus Data Transfer Status 3X1029 Module S
219. nection An RJ45 to DB 9 adapter cable is included with the module This port permits a PC based terminal emulation program to view configuration and status data in the module and to control the module The cable for communications on this port is shown in the following diagram RS 232 Config Debug Port Cable DB 9 Male Config Debug Port Ro 2 to To 3 ro com 5 com PROFIBUS Master Port The following diagram has been imported from the PROFIBUS Master documentation Note that the signals to reference are the D Sub signals in the table D Sub Board to Screw male Board Terminal Housing 5 Cable shield 1 E Signal 4 Female 5 B Line 6 9 RTS GND_BUS 5V BUS output e N Dj Sf j CO OO PM wl oaol Nj S CO ojl Ns ajanl Sj wl PM 3 A Line o Constructing a Bus Cable for PROFIBUS DP The bus cable for connecting PROFIBUS DP devices must be constructed by the user A special PROFIBUS cable twisted pair is required here This standard cable is available from various manufacturers and is a Belden part number of 3079A To construct the cable proceed as follows 1 Cut the cable to the required length Page 218 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 2 Prepare the cable ends as shown in the illustration dimensions in mm J PVC Jacket S Braided shieldi
220. nfiguration Debug status information o LED patterns 5 Information about the processor and user data files as viewed through the processor configuration software and LED patterns on the processor 6 Details about the serial devices interfaced An after hours answering system allows pager access to one of our qualified technical and or application support engineers at any time to answer the questions that are important to you Module Service and Repair The PTQ PDPMV1 device is an electronic product designed and manufactured to function under somewhat adverse conditions As with any product through age misapplication or any one of many possible problems the device may require repair When purchased from ProSoft Technology Inc the device has a 1 year parts and labor warranty 3 years for RadioLinx according to the limits specified in the warranty Replacement and or returns should be directed to the distributor from whom the product was purchased If you must return the device for repair obtain an RMA Returned Material Authorization number from ProSoft Technology Inc Please call the factory for this number and print the number prominently on the outside of the shipping carton used to return the device ProSoft Technology Inc Page 231 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master General Warranty Policy Terms and Conditions ProSoft Technology Inc hereinafter referred to as ProS
221. ng 3 Remove the PVC jacket J to the indicated length 4 Wrap the provided copper shielding F around the shield braiding S wn J PVC jacket S Braided shielding F Copper foil shielding Additional foil can be obtained from 3M 5 Plug the leads of the corresponding cable s into the terminals as shown o Green leads in terminal A o Read lead in terminal B e Note Do not tighten the corresponding screws yet ProSoft Technology Inc Page 219 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master On 9 Connection terminal assignment on the PROFIBUS DP Incoming cable Outgoing cable Connection terminals only once B A Cable cleat for reliving tension Bus connector screws Attach the cables with the provided cable cleat to create a robust shielded connection and to relieve any tension as shown moov J PVC Jacket S Braided shielding with foil shielding C Cable cleat Note Half of the cable jacket must lie under the cable cleat Pay attention to the cable cleat installation instructions Fasten the individual wires of the PROFIBUS cable to the terminals Close the connector housing Note The shielding of both cables is connected internally with the metal housing of the connector Complete the Central Shielding Measures below and grounding operations for the shielding before you connect the cable connector to the module 10 Plug the PROFIBUS DP connector into the module and
222. nostics Esc Exit Program and Reboot Module Time 14 48 37 Cc MODULE CONFIGURATION PTQ PDPMV1 Slot Number noA Found In Slot Number 4 Profibus Input Size 768 words Profibus Output Size 768 words Input Start Reg 1000 Total Input Size 991 Output Start Reg 3000 Total Output Size 918 Input Image Swap Sog Output Image Swap s0 Mai lbox Messaging Yes Slave Diagnostics No Module File CRC BD DB2DA BD DB2DA Profibus File CRC EFFE971C CEFFE9 1C o Error word 0000 Ethernet Ji Connection DownLoad Contig Log To File je 89192 MABE J 153 Clear File Close Using the example in the illustration note the following values Total Size Start Address Last Address PROFIBUS Input 991 301000 301990 PROFIBUS Output 918 403000 403917 For this example select 3000 input registers and 4000 holding registers as shown in the following illustration x Maximum State Memory 65024 State Memory Used 7892 State Memory Usage 12 Discretes Coils Oxxx 1536 Discrete Inputs 1 xxxx 512 Registers Input registers Sxxxx 3000 Holding registers 4x xx 4000 OK Cancel Help Note Use these values for reference only The illustration above indicates that you can only use 2000 registers because the start register is at 1000 and the Page 82 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platfor
223. nternal database to pass data and mailbox requests and responses between the processor and the slave devices on the PROFIBUS network PROFIBUS supports a variety of network types The network type supported by the PTQ PDPMV1 module is PROFIBUS DP Device Bus version 1 0 which is designed for remote I O systems motor control centers and variable speed drives 9 2 2 General Overview The PTQ module communicates with the processor over the backplane using only the following two blocks of data PTQ Input Data Block PTQ Output Data Block This section of the manual describes the data structures and transfer mechanisms used to transfer data between the PTQ PDPMV1 module and the Quantum processor ProSoft Technology Inc Page 193 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following illustration shows the Input Output Data Block Flow between the Quantum processor and the PTQ PDPMV1 Module PTQ Input Data Input Data 2 nos 238 a L _ 4 Os J oO Mg A P 5 Q PTQ 6 Output Data oO Output Data oO oa oO PE aba Memory ProTalk PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Module Slave Devices These two data blocks Input Data and Output Data consist of a data structure that provides for the movement of Input Data image from PROFIBUS Slave devices Output Data image for writing to PROFIBUS Slave devices PTQ Module Configuration and Status from PTQ to Quantum PROFIBUS
224. o Variables Tab and select the _StatOut variable and expand the structure to expose the ModuleStatus_ProfibusCRC32 element Under the Value column area paste the copied checksum Variables DDT Types Function Blocks DFB Types Filter r TER fame EA El PTOPDPMY1_Dataln PTOPDPMY1_DatalnF ZIw1223 H PTQPDPMY1_DataQut PTQPDPMY1_DataQutF ZMwW3150 H D PTQAPNPMYV1_Mailln MaillnF Zw1n79 H A PTQPDPMY1_Mailut MailQutF ZMW 3006 H PTOPDPMY1_Statin StathnF etw1000 PTOPDPMY 1_StatOut StatOutF ZMW 3000 ModuleStatus_LastinMailboxMessagelD WORD 4Mw 3000 ModuleStatus_LastAlarmControlindex WORD MWw3001 ModuleStatus_ProfibusCRC32 UDINT Mw 3002 3896908165 ModuleStatus_ModuleCRC32 UDINT Mw3004 1537081985 gt 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 above for the Module checksum value Paste the value into ModuleStatus_ModuleCRC32 variable 5 Download the new values in the program to the processor ProSoft Technology Inc Page 45 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 3 1 2 Setup General Unity Pro XL Project Settings To setup general Unity project settings follow these steps 1 Start Unity Pro XL Open the File menu and then select New This action opens the New Project dialog box ae ALET Cca i rer km L iii i 486 CPU 400Kb Program MB MB Help 486
225. oSoft Module PTQ PDPMV1 Master PROFIBUS Network PROFIBUS Slaves What is PROFIBUS PROFIBUS Process Field Bus is a widely used open standards protocol created by a consortium of European factory automation suppliers in 1989 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 209 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master PROFIBUS is a master slave protocol The master establishes a connection to the remote slave When the connection is established the master sends the PROFIBUS commands to the slave PROFIBUS supports a variety of network types The network type supported by the PTQ and MVI series PROFIBUS modules is PROFIBUS DP Device Bus version 1 0 which is designed for remote I O systems motor control centers and variable speed drives System Requirements Confirm that your system meets the following hardware and software requirements before you start the installation 9 3 3 Hardware Requirements Recommended Pentium 4 Processor rated for at least 2 GHz 450 MB hard drive space for DTM Libraries Video card capable of 1024 X 768 resolution at 64k colors Ethernet Network Interface Card NIC PTQ PDPMV1 only ProSoft Technology Profibus DPV1 Master module as follows o PTQ PDPMV1 Ethernet only serial port not supported o MVI series PDPMV1 RS232 serial only Note for MVI series and PTQ Users The Ethernet connection implements UDP protocol which dynamically allocates a random UDP
226. oSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 175 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Processor PTQ Module Status Status PTQ RUN or STOP ACTIVE PROFIBUS Master is Stopped CPU is STOP ACTIVE Stopped CPU is Running RUN ACTIVE Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS Master Status PROFIBUS Master Status LED Description bese COM STAT Off O ar Master is not communicating a with configured slaves O HOLD DBASE STAT Green MSTR STAT PROFIBUS has been configured TKN HOLD Green PTQ is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT Red Master is in STOP mode EM COM STAT Off Era Master is not communicating ea with configured slaves Horn DBASE STAT Green MSTR STAT PROFIBUS has been configured TKN HOLD Green PTQ is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT Red Master is in STOP mode EDM COM STAT Off O Era Master is operating but there is not any communication with slaves or PROFIBUS Cable is MSTR disconnected STAT DBASE STAT Green PROFIBUS has been configured TKN HOLD Green PTQ is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT Green Master is in operate mode JO oO Page 176 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 8 3 Module Status Indicators Indicator Color Status Indication DEBUG Green On Configuratio
227. oSoft Technology Inc Page 211 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master the right mouse button on ProSoft Technology comDTM and choose Additional Functions Online Help from the shortcut menu mM EProSoft Technology comDTM for FOT 1 2a f gt About ProSoft Technology comDTM Guided Tour m comDTM Dialogs 2 License agreement gt Starting FDT Start the FDT program and login as administrator The following procedures use PACTware 3 0 software 2 Update or refresh the device catalog If PROFIBUS comDTM was installed successfully ProSoft Technology will be listed in the Vendor Tab ioi Codewrights GmbH Prosoft Technology Inc Driver j l i T Endress Hauser Device Protocol vendr Group Endress Hauser Metso Automatio Prosoft Technology comD TM i Prosoft Technology Inc MM Prosoft Technology Inc J Driver Softing AG as VEGA Grieshaber KG Vendor Group Protocol I Show all devices Prosoft Technology Inc Driver Prosoft Master Module with acyclic DP V1 services Update device catalog Info Add 3 Select the ProSoft Technology icon and then click Add 4 Follow steps 1 through 3 to add any other manufacturer s device DTMs installed on your computer Select the correct address for each device and then click Ok to proceed 8 lt 1 ProSoft Technology comDTM Pt ioj x Set slave address in device DTM Name Cerabar 5
228. ocks are required Refer to status registers page 201 for more information Refer to the imported variables that use the PTQPDPMV1_IN_STATUS data type for the status data The following illustration shows an example of two registers that inform if the first 16 devices are currently configured PTQPDPMV1_In_Stat ConfigList 0 and if these devices are in data exchange mode PTQPDPMV1_In_Stat TransferStat 0 The following illustration shows an example where slave 13 is configured and in data exchange mode E RDE Template untitled Animation ON lof x Variable Name Data Type Address PTQPDPMY1_In_Stat ConfigList 0 WORD 300014 0010000000000000 Bin PTQPDPMY1_In_Stat TransferStat 0 WORD 300022 0010000000000000 Bin Note The actual variable name will depend on the project name you have selected at PCB PTQPDPMV1 is default ProSoft Technology Inc Page 93 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 10 3 Configuration Validation amp SETCRC Function Block The configuration validation functionality prevents the module from causing unexpected results after it receives a new configuration for example if it receives a configuration that should have been downloaded to a different module The PTQ PDPMV1 module constantly transfers two CRC values to the processor as part of the input status data which are calculated based on
229. oft warrants that the Product shall conform to and perform in accordance with published technical specifications and the accompanying written materials and shall be free of defects in materials and workmanship for the period of time herein indicated such warranty period commencing upon receipt of the Product Limited warranty service may be obtained by delivering the Product to ProSoft in accordance with our product return procedures and providing proof of purchase and receipt date Customer agrees to insure the Product or assume the risk of loss or damage in transit to prepay shipping charges to ProSoft and to use the original shipping container or equivalent Contact ProSoft Customer Service for more information This warranty is limited to the repair and or replacement at ProSoft s election of defective or non conforming Product and ProSoft shall not be responsible for the failure of the Product to perform specified functions or any other non conformance caused by or attributable to a any misuse misapplication accidental damage abnormal or unusually heavy use neglect abuse alteration b failure of Customer to adhere to ProSoft s specifications or instructions c any associated or complementary equipment software or user created programming including but not limited to programs developed with any IEC1131 3 programming languages C for example and not furnished by ProSoft d improper installation unauthorized repair or
230. oint Format Press F from the Database View menu Use this command to display the data on the current page in floating point format The program assumes that the values are aligned on even register boundaries If floating point values are not aligned as such they are not displayed properly Viewing Data in ASCII Text Format Press A to display the data on the current page in ASCII format This is useful for regions of the database that contain ASCII data Returning to the Main Menu Press M to return to the Main Menu ProSoft Technology Inc Page 187 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Page 188 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 9 9 1 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Reference In This Chapter gt Product Specifications ccccccecssesesessseseessesssesesssesseeseeeees 189 gt Functional OVeErview ce eeccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeseeneeeenneeeeneas 193 gt PROFIBUS COMDTM cccceecceeeeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeseeneeeatees 206 gt Cable Connections 2 cccccccssesecteecseeeecesteeesecteesteeetesteeenes 216 gt PROFIBUS Master Port eeen 218 gt Constructing a Bus Cable for PROFIBUS DP 5 218 gt Supported PROFIBUS Services ccccceceeeteeeeeeeeeesees 222 gt Quantum to PTQ Communication Protocol eee 223 gt Calc
231. olOut PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSiMode In ControlCmd PTOPDPMV4_MAILVAR SetSIMode Qut GroupSe ExtendedF aultInfo PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSiMode In ExtFaultinfo PTOPDPMV4_MAILVAR SetSIMode In Control md PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetSiMode In Faultinfo ej BE DE Important Note The next mailbox is only to be used with Anybus firmware version 3 50 and later Earlier released versions do not support this feature To determine your Anybus firmware version use ProSoft Configuration Builder to connect to the module and open the Diagnostics window On the Main Menu press 3 to view the Control Registers Note the firmware version number displayed on this screen Control Registers Boot Loader Ver 220 a K mp e Firmware version 3 80 040 Module Status FF Ox0401 Running with slaves 3 5 10 StartStopSlaves Mailbox Function Block STARTSTOPSLAVES Trigger Byte StartSlaves StopSlaves Description The STARTSTOPSLAVES function block can be used to request the module to start or stop certain slaves dynamically The slave address must be selected through the SlaveNumber input pin This is an array of 126 slaves Change the value for a specific slave from 0 to 1 to start or stop communication with the master Page 70 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following illustration
232. on Blocks 4 11 1 Overview The mailbox function blocks build mailbox requests to the module and read the mailbox response from the module These mailbox function blocks are optional meaning that the project will update PROFIBUS data and status information even if no function blocks are used 4 11 2 Configuration The mailbox function block contains input outputs and inputs outputs pins that must be associated to specific variables The mailbox function blocks except the Get Alarm that will be covered later require the usage of the following pins common for all mailbox function blocks Pin Name Pin Type Description Statln Input Input Status pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_In_Stat It contains the status transferred from the module allowing the mailbox function block to receive the acknowledgment that the mailbox request was processed by the module It is used also to check if a new mailbox response is available Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 95 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Pin Name Pin Type Description Mailln Input Input Mailbox pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_In_Mail It contains the mailbox
233. ons Window Help plebaan ea o 83 85 B5 Variable Name Data Type Address Value Set Value Format 1 v 2 SetOperate INT 0 Dec v 3 SetStop INT 0 Dec X 4 SetClear INT 0 Dec z 5 v RUNNING CHG CONFIG EQUAL Move a value of 1 to the SetOperate trigger variable E Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ lt 1 gt a x File Templates Project Online Options Window Help plebaan ea op B3 85 B5 Variable Name Data Type Address Value Set Value Format 1 2 SetOperate INT 1 Dec v 3 SetStop INT 0 Dec v 4 SetClear INT 0 Dec z 5 v RUNNING CHG CONFIG EQUAL At this point you should notice the following LED display indicating that the module s mode was changed to OPERATE LED Status MSTR STAT GREEN COM STAT GREEN or OFF DBASE STAT GREEN TK HOLD GREEN The COM STAT LED will be either GREEN if the master is communicating with all slaves blinking if it is communicating with some of the slaves or OFF if it is not communicating with any slaves ProSoft Technology Inc Page 99 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master You will also notice that the function block automatically clears the trigger register after it receives the acknowledgment from the module EZ Concept C PROJECTWPTQPROJ lt 1 gt Jof x File Templates Project Online Options Window Help OC Slot Fs 8 l ea
234. or your Concept application will be now located at the C project DFB File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Back QJ E s Search gt Folders E Address Q C project DFB J Go Name i Type File and Folder Tasks E ACCREAD asc ASC File E ACCWRITE asc ASC File Other Places E GETALARM asc ASC File E GETCFG asc ASC File E GETDIAGN asc ASC File E GETLIVE as ASC File S SETADDRS asc ASC File E SETCRC asc ASC File E SETOPMD esc ASC File E SETSLYMD asc ASC File Details gt PTQ PDPMY1 dty DTY File B PTQ PDPMY1 txt Text Document lt gt The following section provides a general overview of the files that were exported 4 4 1 ASC files Each function block is available in ASCII format These files can be converted through the Concept Converter tool in order to be used in the Concept project File Name Description Required Optional ACCREAD ASC Acyclic Read Mailbox Optional ACCWRITE ASC Acyclic Write Mailbox Optional GETALARM ASC Alarm Mailbox Optional GETCFG ASC Get Configuration Mailbox Optional GETDIAGN ASC Get Diagnostics Mailbox Optional GETLIVE ASC Get Live List Mailbox Optional SETADDRS ASC Set Slave Address Mailbox Optional SETCRC ASC Set CRC not mailbox used to sync CRCs Required SETOPMD ASC Set Operating Mode Mailbox Optional SETSLVMD ASC Set Slave Mode Mailbox Optional ProSoft Technology Inc Page 77 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV
235. ormat error in request frame 80C2h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_NI Function not implemented 80C3h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_AD 80C4h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_EA Access denied Area too large 80C5h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_LE Data block length too large g0C6h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_RE Format error in response frame 80C7h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_IP Invalid parameter 80C8h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_SC Sequence conflict 80C9h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM SE Sequence error 80CAh DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_NE 80CBh DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_DI 80CCh DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_NC Refer to Error Codes page 135 6 4 3 Error Codes Area non existent Data incomplete or incorrect Master parameter set not compatible If return code indicates DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_NEG the status values according to the DP standard may be available in Error Code 1 Refer to the PROFIBUS DP specification for information on how to interpret these status values Error Code Name Meaning Oth L2_ STATUS _UE 02h L2_ STATUS RR 03h L2_ STATUS_RS OCh L2 STATUS RDL Refer to PROFIBUS DP specification ODh L2_ STATUS _RDH OFh L2_ STATUS_NA ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 135 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 6 4 4 DPV1 Error Codes Mailbox Messaging Possible error codes in Message Data word Return Code Return Code Name Meaning 0003h DPM
236. ormation about Mailbox Commands Mailbox data values are pre defined for the specific mailbox command SETOPERATINGMODE SETOPERATINGMODE Out SETOPERATINGMODEOUT SelectOperate BYTE SelectStop BYTE SelectClear BYTE ConfRequired BYTE In SETOPERATINGMODEIN Mode BYTE ConfRequired BYTE Faultinformation 0 WORD ooce oo The first statement Mailout 1 16 0240 represents the Message Information of the command 4002h Set Operating Mode see specific mailbox command Note The information is byte swapped for PTQ master module Motorola big endian format The remaining values 2 to 7 set the Command Data Size Frame Court Frame Number Offset High and Low byte header information Again these values are pre defined and controlled by the FB Most mailbox commands have response information Refer to Mailbox Messaging page 112 for more information The response information will be written to the I area of the SetOperatingMode mailbox area This information can be read after the mailbox is received and confirm by the ID information contained in the CurrentMailboxControllndex value IF StatOut ModuleStatus_LastinMailboxMessageID lt gt Stat IN MailBoxData_CurrentInMailboxControlIndex THEN When this statement is true and the Set Operating Command was executed the following code will be executed IF MailIn 2 16 0200 THEN WORD_AS BYTE MailIn 8 Mode ConfRequired FaultiInformat
237. ot Standby Hot Standby features supporting the SE 140 671 CPU Supports a single PTQ PDPMV1 module per rack Diagnostic and status words are provided for Active Primary and Passive Secondary master health status Page 192 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform 9 2 PROFIBUS DP V1 Master PROFIBUS switchover time will be nominal 100 ms not to exceed 300 ms Cable break detection with segmented network slave quantity information PROFIBUS health messages are generated from secondary master via FDL ping services No setup parameters required Module automatically detects Hot Standby system Physical PROFIBUS DPV1 RS 485 interface with a 9 pin D shell female connector and isolated Opto Couplers Master Status LED Indicators for Operations Network Drop Communication Master Token Hold Functional Overview 9 2 1 About the PROFIBUS Protocol PROFIBUS Process Field Bus is a widely used open standards protocol created by a consortium of European factory automation suppliers in 1989 PROFIBUS is a master slave protocol The master establishes a connection to the remote slave When the connection is established the master sends the PROFIBUS commands to the slave The PTQ PDPMV1 module works as a master only The PTQ PDPMV1 module acts as an input output module between devices on a PROFIBUS network and the Schneider Electric backplane The module uses an i
238. otal Input Size 991 Cwor Output Start Reg Total Output Size 918 Cwor Input Image Swap i Output Image Swap Mai lbox Messaging Slave Diagnostics Module File CRC BD DB2DA CBD DB2DA Profibus File CRC EFFE971c CEFFE9 1c File Error word 0000 Ethernet x Connection DownLoad Config Log To File 192 168 r 153 I Clear File Page 44 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master gt To calculate checksums 1 On the PTQ PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box click the Calculate Checksums button PDPM 1 PROFIBUS Master Setup 5 x PROFIBUS Master Module Communications Profibus Editor Not started Select Port Ethernet 7 Firmware Update Cancel Update 192 168 0 100 PROFIBUS Setup and Monitor Checksums Configure PROFIBUS PROFIBUS Module Cancel Monitor Madify Calculate Es461985 5B9E0281 gt Processor Network Memory Map Show Concept Map Show Unity Map Export Master Config OK Notice the NEW checksums for the Module and PROFIBUS appear Note The module checksum will change when parameters such as 3X or 4X starting address are changed and the PROFIBUS checksum will change if a network parameter is changed 2 Copy the PROFIBUS checksum by highlighting the text and right click to Copy 3 Goto the Unity Pr
239. ote 1 It is only possible to send control commands when operating mode is either CLEAR or OPERATE Note 2 Not all slaves support this feature Refer to the documentation for the actual slave for more information Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name SET SLAVE MODE Command Number 0300h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Set Slave Mode Message information Frame count Frame number Offset low 0000h Group Extended word 1 Slave Address Control Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Response ID 0200h 0300h Set Slave Mode 0000h 0100h 0100h 0000h 0000h Group Select Slave Address Control Command Extended Fault Information Message Information Refer to Message Information page 134 Slave Address Range 1 to 125 127 If the request applies for only one slave that Slave Address must be entered in the range 1 to 125 If a slave group is to be addressed Slave Address should be ProSoft Technology Inc Page 117 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 127 Multicast address The value entered will be byte swapped Example a slave address of 0014 would be entered as OEOOh Group Select Range 01h to FFh Bit Coded This parameter decides which g
240. ou added This action opens a list of device configuration values The following illustration shows the device configuration values for a ProLinx PROFIBUS Slave The values for other devices may be different so you should review ProSoft Technology Inc Page 29 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master the specifications for the product you are installing in order to determine the correct values to use E4 PROFIBUS DP a 10 EY Gateway H Schneider Electric GmbH H Telemecanique EN Prolin Comm Gateways Inc ee roLinx Profibu fe Empty Slot 1 Word Input 2Words Input 3 Words Input A 4 Words Input 5 Words Input 6 Words Input 7 Words Input 8 Words Input 3 Words Input A 10 Words Input 5 Drag the input and output parameters to the slot location grid below the Bus Configuration window This view displays the configuration data order number and starting input and output addresses Slave 3 ProLing Profibus Slave Device path PROFIBUS DP Gateway ProLing Comm Gateways Inc ProLinx Profibus CFG data Order number designation Output address 0 1 0x50 1 Word Input 0 1 0 0 Nm N ew KN Important The starting input and output addresses that you select here are actually byte offsets within the PROFIBUS Data area inside each Input and Output backplane block For example for the sample configuration for the
241. ould be reassembled This means that the value of HSBY Nr of local slaves and SO bit might dip for a short while until the new active master has detected its slaves ProSoft Technology Inc Page 159 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Note One must be aware of that this feature affects the performance of the entire network since the passive master must query all slaves when it holds the token thus increasing the token rotation time Example The following illustration shows a network with three slaves and two masters MA is the active master and MP the passive one 4 Ma ak 2 aS m L x eee ane Paros The table lists the values of the slave status information under different scenarios Ni Note the only time the slave status information is forwarded to the counterpart is when a slave is disconnected or fails In all other cases the communication link is broken so the information would not reach the counterpart Ma Mp Type of Failure Local SO bit HSBY Nroflocal Local SO bit HSBY Nr of local slaves slaves No errors 1 3 1 Cable is cut at 1 0 0 1 3 Cable is cut at 2 0 1 0 2 Cable is cut at 3 0 2 0 1 Cable is cut at 4 1 3 0 0 S1 is disconnected 0 2 0 2 Table 7 Slave status example Database Mismatch Both masters would inform the counterpart of its database CRC value as a part of the Crossed Status Information
242. output pin The byte count of the slave configuration is stored at ByteCount output pin The ErrorCode ReturnCode and FaultInformation output pins can be used for status verification PTQPDPM 1_MAILVAR cen one Out GetContig i i PTOPDPMMV4 ecient ee Out GetContig TQPDPM 1_STATOUT ETOPOPMVI _MAILOUT PTOPDPM 1_STATIN F PTOQPDPM 41_MAILIN PTOPDPMV41_MAILVAR GetConfig Out SlaveAddress SlaveData 3 5 5 GetDiagnostics Mailbox Function Block GETDIAGNOSTICS Trigger Byte GetDiagnostics Description The GETDIAGNOSTICS function block can be used to read the diagnostics from any PROFIBUS slave connected to the PTQ PDPMV1 module The slave address must be set at the SlaveAddress input pin The diagnostics data is copied at the ExtendedDiagData output pin The number of bytes of the ProSoft Technology Inc Page 67 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master diagnostics message is stored at the ByteCount output pin statustidentification extended diagnostics The ExtendedFaultInfo and FaultInformation output pins can be used for status information The master address is stored at the MasterAddress output pin PTQPDPM 1_Sample MAST GETDIAGNOSTICS PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag Out GetDiag G etDi agnostics GetDiagnostics gt PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR GetGiag Out GetDiag lt PTQPDPMV1_STATOUT StatOut PTQPDPM 1_STATOUT lt
243. ow operates as active master When the passive master switches to active it will not re parameterize the slaves that report being in the DATA state After a switchover the application will be informed when there is valid data available in the input output image area Primary obtains the master node address Primary to Offline 4 The active master leaves the bus as fast as possible since the risk of having two masters with the same address after a switchover must be avoided two active masters in this case The time it takes for leaving the bus will not exceed the switchover time ProSoft Technology Inc Page 145 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Standby to Offline 5 The time it takes to switch to offline is not critical since the transition would not influence the operation of the counter part which will carry on working as a stand alone master Note For additional information and restrictions with Quantum processor behavior refer to UnityPro HSBY User Guide 7 2 6 HSBY State vs Master Operation Mode The matrix below indicates how the Master module would behave on a PROFIBUS network for all possible combinations of master operation mode OFFLINE STOP CLEAR OPERATE and HSBY state NOT CONNECTED PASSIVE ACTIVE NOT CONNECTED PASSIVE ACTIVE OFFLINE No network traffic No network traffic STOP Ping requests are issued Ping requests
244. p 3 Tuc time of PROFIBUS message cycle time Loop 4 PTQ max Tsr System Response Time Tecan Tas Tero Tac TSR 7 0ms 45ms 2 84ms TSCAN1 where Tape 7 0ms Tera max 45ms Tuc 2 84ms 12PDPMV1s8 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 225 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 9 1 How to Calculate PROFIBUS Time TMC4 First a review of a few terms before getting into the details of calculating bus cycle times Bit Time To help simplify timing calculations it is convenient to normalize the time units with respect to the baud rate by using units of Bit Time Tbit One bit time is the time it takes to transmit one bit and is the reciprocal of the transmission rate baud rate For example 1 Tbit Bit Time at 12MB 1 12000000bps 83ns bit 1 Tbit Bit Time at 1 5MB 1 1500000bps 667ns bit Sync Time Tsyn The synchronization time is the minimum time a station must remain in the idle state before it can accept another request For PROFIBUS DP an idle state of 33Tbits bit time must be present before every request telegram and this is called the sync time Slave Reaction Time Tspr The reaction time is the time it takes a slave to respond to a message This time is often expressed as a minimum value min Tspr or maximum value max Tspr Min Tspr is set within the parameterization telegram during startup Max Tspr varies with the transm
245. pe Name New Name Keep Replace Rename Duplicate DDT Duplicate DDT Duplicate DDT Duplicate DDT The variable exists The variable exists The variable exists The variable exists StatlnF StatlnF_O MaillnF MaillnF_O StatOutF StatOutF_O Mail0utF Mail0utF_0 PTOPDPMV1_St PTGPDPMY1_St PTQPDPM 1_M PTGPDPMY1_M PTQPDPM 1_St PTGPDPMV1_St PTGPDPMV1_M PTQGPDPMV1_M x Keep All Page 42 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master At this point the input and output variables have been imported to the application ao Data Editor Variables DDT Types Function Blocks DFB Types Filter T Name i M EDT M DDT M IODDT Name Address O iii PTGPDPMV1_DatalnF 23 PTOPDPMV1_DataDut PTGPDPMV1_DataQutF ZMW3150 PTOPDPMY1_Mailln MaillnF iw1079 PTOPDPMYV1_MailQut Mail0utF ZMW 3006 PTOPDPMY1_MAILVAR PTQPDPMY1_Maill ar PTOPDPMY1_Statln StatlnF Zw 000 PTOPDPMY1_StatOut StatOutF ZMW 3000 amp gt To Modify an Animation Table Note An Animation table is required to send and receive mailbox messages monitor State Ram status and read write IO data An Animation Table is provided with the XFM file but certain data variables must be added to monitor the status or the health of the module Double click the animation tabl
246. perties Bus parameter E 6 a zl EE M PROFIBUS interfaces Address Baud rate a 3000 kBit sec 6000 kBit sec gt Profile User defined A new check box is added to inform the user the master is part ofa Hot Standby system The Watchdog Time Delta Ttr and other parameters can only be edited by selecting the User Defined profile When the Hot Standby System check box is marked the PCB master configuration tool shall follow the rules below Parameter Calculation Ttr is to be doubled in order to support one passive and one active Hot Standby master on the same network Note that the Watchdog value also must be recalculated because of the doubled Ttr To allow a switch over the Watchdog value that is calculated from the Ttr must be increased Two new parameters are introduced HsbyWatchdogFactor and Host Delay Time The watchdog is calculated according to the following equation Watchdog Calculated watchdog HsbyWatchdogFactor Host Delay Time ProSoft Technology Inc Page 165 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 7 4 HsbyWatchdogFactor will be defined with separate values for each baud rate according to the table below Baud rate XML keyword Value 9 6 kBaud HsbyWdFactor_9_6k 1 19 2 kBaud HsbyWdFactor_19_2k 1 45 45 kBaud HsbyWdFactor_45_45k 1 93 75 kBaud HsbyWdFactor_93_75k 1 187 5 kBaud H
247. quest was acknowledged by the module This condition is determined by checking the status of all trigger Bytes 0O OK It also prevents an attempt to send more than one mailbox request in a single PLC scan The following table shows the trigger Bytes used for each mailbox function block Function Block Name Description Trigger ACYCREAD Acyclic Read Mailbox Acyclicread ACYCLWRITE Acyclic Write Mailbox Acyclicwrite GETALARMS Alarm Mailbox GETCFG Get Configuration Mailbox GetConfig GETDIAGNOSTICS Get Diagnostics Mailbox GetDiagnostics GETLIVE Get Live List Mailbox GetList SETADDRESS Set Slave Address Mailbox SetAddress SETOPERMODE Set Operating Mode Mailbox SetOperate SetStop SetClear SETSLMODE Set Slave Mode Mailbox SetSlaveMode STARTSTOPSLAVE Set start and stop slaves StartSlaves StopSlaves Dynamically COLDBOOT Remote Coldboot from PLC ColdBoot The Get Alarm function block does not require a trigger because this mailbox is initiated from the module Refer to Alarm Indication page 129 for more information The trigger Bytes is a variable that can assume different states as follows ProSoft Technology Inc Page 61 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Value Description 0 OK to send new mailbox request The last mailbox request was already acknowledged by the module 1 Mailbox request to
248. r Register GetDiag Description The GETDIAG function block can be used to read the diagnostics from any PROFIBUS slave connected to the PTQ PDPMV1 module The slave address must be set at the SlvAddr input pin The diagnostics data is copied at the ExtDiag output pin The number of bytes of the diagnostics message is File Edit Yiew Objects Project Online Options Window Help NOT CONNECTED gt GetCfng CPTQ1_0ut_Status PTQ1_0ut_Mailbox gt AddressOut gt gt EnCode RetCode gt F aultinfo2 gt SlaveCFG ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 103 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master stored at the ByteCnt output pin status identification extended diagnostics The ExtFault and FaultInf output pins can be used for status information The master address is stored at the MastAdd output pin E Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ o x File Edit View Objects Project Online Options Window Help Di ceo 7 Fs ea a wal Bal l la 1 MAINPTQ jo FBI_1_5 5 GETDIAGN t gt G etDiagnostics StatOut StatOut gt PTQ1_Out_Status MailOut MailOut gt PTQ1_Out_Mailbox Statin SlwAdd gt gt AddressDiagOut Mailln Status gt Status SlvAddr MastAdd gt MastAddress2 gt IdenNumb IdenNumb ExtDiag gt ExtDiagnostics ExtF ault
249. r of the response information about the fault can be found here Fault Information Extended Fault Information Contents 0100h Address out of range OAOOh Failed to execute request Refer to Return Codes page 134 OBOOh Remote station failure 1000h Remote station DPV1 failure Function_Number 1100h Length out of range gt 240 bytes 1200h Slave does not support DPV1 1300h Slave not active or not present in configuration FE00h Command not possible in Class 2 Only mode Module offline not initialized or no FEO valid database Error Decode Error Code 1 and Error Code 2 If Fault Information contains error code 1000h more information according to the DPV1 specification can be found here 6 2 7 Mailbox Message Acyclic Data Write Class 1 This command initiates a DPV1 Class 1 acyclic write request Refer to EN50170 DPV1 for more information Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name MSAC1 WRITE Command Number 2100h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response ProSoft Technology Inc Page 127 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Command and Response Layout Acyclic Write Message ID ID Message information 0200h Command 2100h Acyclic Write Data size Size of data Number of data bytes n Frame count 0100h Frame number
250. ram 6 1 Mailbox Message Queuing The PTQ PDPMV1 module operates asynchronously on the Mailbox Messages and as such provides for the queuing of the messages as they are received The queue sizes used in the module are as follows Queue Type Queue Description Size Max Output Message from 126 Number of messages that the PTQ module will processor queue by type of message Note that status of the Input Messages for 126 coe Si be monitored via the Queue Message processor ount values Alarm Messages from 100 Slaves for processor ProSoft Technology Inc Page 113 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 6 1 1 Queue Timeouts The PTQ PDPMV1 module will only allow a message to stay in a queue for up to 10 seconds If the PROFIBUS Master for Output Messages or the processor for Input and Alarm messages have not successfully received a message within 10 seconds the module will clear the message out of the queue 6 2 Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands The PTQ PDPMV1 module supports some extended PROFIBUS functions using a mailbox data exchange mechanism implemented in the PTQ PDPMV1 module The PTQ PDPMV1 module supports the following special functions through this mailbox messaging scheme Initiated from Processor Message Description Set Operation Mode Controls the operating state of the PROFIBUS Master Set S
251. rect 9 2 5 PTQ Input and Output Data Blocks The PTQ PDPMV1 module reads PROFIBUS input data blocks from the Input Register range of data memory 3xxx for Quantum or IWxxx for Unity The PTQ PDPMV1 module writes PROFIBUS output data to the Holding Register range of data memory 4xxx for Quantum or MW for Unity The size and starting register addresses of each data block is user configurable and must be specified during the setup of the module with ProSoft Configuration Builder Normal Operation The PTQ PDPMV1 module s application code initiates the data transfers at the end of every Quantum PLC ladder scan As such the PTQ PDPMV1 module is able to actively read and write the PROFIBUS Cyclic Input Output data blocks in the appropriate locations PTQ Input Data Block Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image table Mailbox Messaging Y Slave Diagnostics N Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 1000 to 1159 IW1000 to 0 to 59 Configuration and Status data IW1159 1060 IW1060 60 Low byte HSBY Passive Status from PROFIBUS interface High byte HSBY Passive number of slaves from PROFIBUS interface 1061 IW1061 61 Low byte HSBY Active Status from PROFIBUS interface High byte HSBY Active number of slaves from PROFIBUS interface 1062 IW1062 62 HSBY Message length from UDP HSBY Server 1063 IW1063 63 Low byte HSBY Passive Status from UDP HSBY Server Low b
252. response message that is handled by the function block according to its mailbox ID Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 StatOut Input Output Output Status pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_Out_Stat It is used to check if a new mailbox response is available Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 MailOut Input Output Output Mailbox pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_Out_Mail This variable stores the mailbox output variable that is updated from the function block when a new mailbox request is performed to the module It consists on an array of words Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 r Trigger Input Output Move a value of 1 to this register to initiate the mailbox request A request can only be initiated if its current value is 0 and all triggers for the other mailbox function blocks also has a value of 0 The actual name for this trigger register will be specific for each mailbox function block For example for the SetOperate mailbox SETOPMD the trigger registers is SetOper
253. rm PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Pin Name Pin Type Description MailOut Input Output Output Mailbox pin Must be associated to the imported variable PTQPDPMV1_MAILOUT This variable stores the mailbox output variable that is updated from the function block when a new mailbox request is performed to the module It consists on an array of words Note The actual variable name corresponds with the module name you configured in PCB The data type names in these examples use the default module name PTQPDPMV 1 Trigger Input Output Move a value of 1 to this register to initiate the mailbox request A request can only be initiated if its current value is 0 and all triggers for the other mailbox function blocks also has a value of 0 The actual name for this trigger register will be specific for each mailbox function block 3 4 3 Trigger BYTES The mailbox requests are initiated by the trigger BYTE that is defined as an input output pin The mailbox request is initiated after the application moves a value of 1 to the trigger Bytes The current value of all mailbox triggers for your application must be equal to 0 in order to perform a mailbox request If you are using more than one mailbox function block you must add a program code to guarantee that this condition is satisfied Therefore a mailbox function block is only allowed to send a new mailbox request after the processor receives the confirmation that the previous mailbox re
254. rm PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following illustration shows a sample instance of the GetAlarm mailbox function block 4 12 4 4 12 5 a Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ MAINPTQ st File Edit Yiew Objects Project Online Options Window Help Di e Fs aa S wa j i FBI_1_11 3 j n GETALARM PTQ1_In_Status gt Statin LastAlrm PTQ1_Out_Status gt gt PTQ1_In_Mailbox gt NOT CONNECTED 18 x amp BS gt LastAlarm H C gt PTQ1_Out_Status AlarmHistoric gt Alarm Count v GetConfiguration Mailbox Function Block GETCFG Trigger Register GetCnfg Description The GETCFG function block can be used to read the configuration of any PROFIBUS slave connected to the PTQ PDPMV1 module The SlvAddr input pin must be configured with the PROFIBUS slave address of the PROFIBUS device The configuration data is stored at the SlaveCfg output pin The byte count of the slave configuration is stored at ByteCnt output pin The ErrCode RetCode and FaultInf output pins can be used for status verification E Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ lebac in S31 z1 MAINPTQ i FBILA3 3 GETCFG GetCnfg StatOut MailOut ByteCnt WordCnt SlvAdd EnCode RetCode Faultint SlaveCfg GetCtng gt PTQ1_Out_Status gt gt PTQ1_Out_Mailbox gt PTOQ1_In_Status gt PTQ41_In_Mailbox gt 3 Addressin gt GetDiagnostics Mailbox Function Block GETDIAGN Trigge
255. rm Mailbox GETCFG ASC Get Configuration Mailbox GetCnfg GETDIAGN ASC Get Diagnostics Mailbox GetDiag GETLIVE ASC Get Live List Mailbox GetList SETADDRS ASC Set Slave Address Mailbox SetAddr SETOPMD ASC Set Operating Mode Mailbox SetOper SetStop SetClear SETSLVMD ASC Set Slave Mode Mailbox SetMdSlv SETSLVS ASC Start Stop Slaves Dynamically Start Stop ColdBT ASC Remote Coldboot from PLC Cldboot The Get Alarm function block does not require a trigger because this mailbox is initiated from the module as covered later in this User Manual The trigger register is a variable that can assume different states as follows Value Description 0 OK to send new mailbox request The last mailbox request was already acknowledged by the module 1 Mailbox request to be performed The Quantum program should make sure that the required conditions are satisfied as previously discussed before moving a value of 1 to the trigger register The function block will then build the mailbox request by copying all mailbox input parameters to the mailbox output variable that is transferred to the module through the backplane Then the function block will automatically change the trigger s value to 2 2 Processor has performed the mailbox request and is waiting for the acknowledgment from the module The acknowledgment informs that the module has received the request the actual mailbox response is actually sent later After the acknowledgment
256. roup should be addressed Refer to the following example b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 Group 4 Group 3 Group 2 Group 1 Group 8 Group 7 Group 6 Group 5 Example To address Group 1 2 and 4 the Group Select value should be DOh If an individual slave should be addressed the correct group selection must also be made as the slave will ignore the message if it does not belong to the requested group s What group s a slave belongs to is determined during network configuration and is downloaded during initialization to each slave via the PROFIBUS telegram Set_Prm Control Command This parameter specifies the command to send Bit Explanation 0 LSB Reserved set to zero 1 Reserved set to zero 2 Unfreeze input data 3 Freeze input data 4 Unsynchronize output data 5 Synchronize output data 6 Reserved set to zero 7 MSB Reserved set to zero Combinations of the bits Unsync Sync and Unfreeze Freeze Bits 0 or 6 Bits 1 or 7 Explanation 0 0 No Function 0 1 Function will be activated 1 0 Function will be inactive 1 1 Function will be inactive Fault Information and Extended Fault Information Fault Information Contents Extended Fault Information Contents 0100h Address out of range 0200h Group number O not permitted OAOOh Failed to send Global OAQOOh Incorrect operation mode Clear Operate Only Control request 0150h Invalid Freeze Group Gro
257. rs cccsscsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeseaesanaeeneeeeeseaesaseeeenseeeneas 178 8 5 The Configuration DebUg Menu cssecceesccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseseeeeneeeeeseeseneeneneeeeeeeees 178 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 5 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Contents PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 8 5 1 Using the Diagnostic Window in ProSoft Configuration Builder 178 B2012 gt NaviGatlonsc acssnauer eases Actes aeieh ieee cdt cece EEE E daa eae ead 179 829 3 Malis ETT E PAA TEA ETI TE TA A E cane sangeet 180 8 5 4 Input Data View Menu ccccceceeeeeeeeecee cece ee eeeeceeaeceeeeeeescaeaaeeeeeseeesetennieeeeeeeeeeees 185 8 5 5 Output Data View Menu cccccccceececceceeeeeeeeseccneaeceeeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeeeeesetecnieeeeeseetens 186 9 JIREFERENGE ccc E ci east T ads eet aa i era Sea ca oes BN re cedar getoczee 189 9 1 Product Speciticati On 2 2 s2ccecsicecsiecdatctsencuesccecedancedsccedeceecduncsde deatecaecescaeiedcetevetedenteeee 189 9 1 1 Features and Benefits siisii a tives ced atac aahsterte te aa a a e 191 9 1 2 Hot Standby Support zaa a aaaea a aa aaa tt a a a a aaa 191 9 1 3 General Specifications a a aa eaaa eaaa a aE E e a ea 191 9 1 4 HaidWware Specifications ira eieae eiaa a eaa a IARE aiea aiaia 192 9 1 5 Functional Specifications nzerta aaeeeo esaa aee aa eee A RE a a AAE e 192 9 2 Functional OVE O 22 2321 e a e aane eae a aao ea aoe a ae S aa Aaa naen aeaa ii
258. rt 3 address during switchover SW60 Hot Standby Command Register SW60 0 This bit if set to 1 allows the Command Register RUN status of the PLC to be set through the LCD Keypad Warning If the Keypad override is enabled while the Hot Standby system is running the Primary PLC will immediately read bits 14 and 15 to determine its own state and the state of the Standby If both bits are set to 0 a switchover will occur and the former Primary will go offline The new Primary will continue to operate SW60 1 Setting this bit 1 will put PLC A in the run mode Setting the bit 0 will put PLC A in Offline mode This bit has effect only if bit 16 is set 1 Page 156 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master SW6E0 2 Setting this bit 1 will put PLC B in the run mode Setting the bit 0 will put PLC B in Offline mode This bit has effect only if bit 16 is set 1 SWE0 3 Setting this bit 0 will force the Standby PLC Offline if a logic mismatch is detected Logic mismatch is defined as either the MID LID or CID being different on Primary and Standby sides Setting this bit 1 will allow the Standby PLC to continue to operate normally even if the MID is different on the Primary and Standby SW6E0 4 Setting this bit 1 allows the executive to upgrade on the Standby without having to stop the application This means the Hot Standby system is
259. s if you are specifically directed to do so by ProSoft Technology Technical Support staff Some of these command keys are not listed on the menu but are active nevertheless Please be careful when pressing keys so that you do not accidentally execute an unwanted command Press Esc to restart the module and force all drivers to be loaded The module will use the configuration stored in the module s Flash ROM to configure the module 8 5 4 Input Data View Menu Use this menu command to view the current contents of the selected database Press to view a list of commands available on this menu DATABASE VIEW MENU Display Menu S Show Again P Previous Page N Next Page D Decimal Display H Hexadecinal Display F Float Display A ASCII Display M Main Menu Viewing the Previous Page of Data Press P to display the previous page of data Viewing the Next Page of Data Press N to display the next page of data Viewing Data in Decimal Format Press D to display the data on the current page in decimal format Viewing Data in Hexadecimal Format Press H to display the data on the current page in hexadecimal format ProSoft Technology Inc Page 185 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Viewing Data in Floating Point Format Press F from the Database View menu Use this command to display the data on the current page in floating point format Th
260. s return from a sub menu to the next higher menu by pressing M on your keyboard ProSoft Technology Inc Page 179 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The organization of the menu structure is represented in simplified form in the following illustration Main Menu Child Menu C Child Sub Menu 1 Child Sub Menu 2 Child Menu A Child Sub Menu 1 Child Sub Menu 2 Child Sub Menu 3 Child Menu B Child Sub Menu 1 The remainder of this section shows you the menus available for this module and briefly discusses the commands available to you Keystrokes The keyboard commands on these menus are almost always non case sensitive You can enter most commands in lower case or capital letters The menus use a few special characters that must be entered exactly as shown Some of these characters will require you to use the Shift Ctrl or Alt keys to enter them correctly For example on US English keyboards enter the command as Shift Also take care to distinguish capital letter I from lower case letter I L and number 1 likewise for capital letter 0 and number 0 Although these characters look nearly the same on the screen they perform different actions on the module 8 5 3 Main Menu When you first connect to the module from your computer your termi
261. sbyWdFactor_187_5k 1 500 kBaud HsbyWdFactor_500k 1 1 5 MBaud HsbyWdFactor_1_5M 2 3 MBaud HsbyWdFactor_3M 2 6 MBaud HsbyWdFactor_6M 2 12 MBaud HsbyWdFactor_12M 2 Host Delay Time is set to 300 ms in PCB Master Configuration Station addresses Invalid Master addresses 1 Master address must not equal 0 2 Master address must not equal any assigned Slave address 1 Invalid Slave addresses 1 A slave address must not equal the assigned Master address 1 PTQ PDPMV1 Master Bus Properties when using a P amp F DP PA Segment Coupler 7 4 1 PROFIBUS DP time behavior The Segment coupler supports both cyclic and acyclic data exchange of the PROFIBUS DP V1 Cyclic communication services are performed based on a specific time grid which is referred to as the bus cycle time A bus cycle time or cycle time for short means the time lapse that goes by under worst case conditions to transfer the input data change of a PROFIBUS slave to the PROFIBUS master or the output data from the PROFIBUS master to the slave All data that is to be updated cyclically is automatically updated in the common data area by the PROFIBUS PA master The cycle time this actualization needs depends on the data volume that is transferred via the PROFIBUS PA channel From the point of view of the PROFIBUS DP the segment coupler represents a multi slave If the PROFIBUS DP Master sends a request to a slave address existing at the segment coupler the gate
262. secure it with the screws Page 220 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Bus Begin and Bus End The PROFIBUS connector with termination is required at the beginning and the end of the bus These connectors emulate the line impedance It is recommended that at least one connector with diagnostics interface is used Wiring diagram for a PROFIBUS DP cable Start of bus Node Node End of bus Grounding and Shielding for Systems with Equipotential Bonding Each cable shield should be galvanically grounded with the earth using FE PE grounding clamps immediately after the cable has been connected to the cabinet This example indicates the shielding connection from the PROFIBUS cable to the FE PE rail PROFIBUS cable PE FE rail clamp provides contact with the cable Note An equalization current can flow across a shield connected at both ends because of fluctuations in ground potential To prevent this it is imperative that there is potential equalization between all the attached installation components and devices ProSoft Technology Inc Page 221 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master This example indicates the system components and devices in a system with equipotential bonding Main switching cabinet Processor with DP master Substation 1 Substation n
263. seeeeeeenneeeeenseeeeenseaeeeenseaeeeegseeeeeeaseeeaeseaseeeeeenseeneeenseeneess 2 GUIDE TO THE PDPMV1 USER MANUAL ssnsssnuuenuunnuunnuunnnnnnnnnnuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenna 7 T START HERE siapin aanere aana aa aea aaa e anaE eaat eaa ea eaaa Ea Fama ae Saa aea eaae aaoi aea 9 1 1 Deployment Checklist ccsseeceseeesseeeeeseeeeneeeeceaeseneeeenseeeeeaeeesaesasneeeeeaeseseaeseseeeeeeeeeas 9 1 2 Install ProSoft Configuration Builder Software ccceccesccsseeeseeeeeetessseeeneeeeeeees 10 1 3 Install the Module ccceeseeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseseeeeeseseeeeeseseeneeseseseeeeseseeneeseseeneeseeeenenes 10 1 3 1 Install the ProTalk Module in the Quantum Rack cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeaas 10 1 3 2 Connect to the ProTalk Configuration DebUg Port ee eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeaas 11 1 3 3 PTQ PDPMV1 Configuration Debug Port Note ee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeeaas 13 2 CONFIGURING THE MODULE ccccsecccsseeceseeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeesaaesnseeeeeeeeesaaesasneeeeeeeesseeseseaeenseaees 15 2 1 Configure the Module with ProSoft Configuration Builder cscseeeeeeeee 15 ZAT cet Up the ProjeCtiran sua ctiheie ities edie scene ena cent ies 17 24 2 Seti Module Parameters 3 cctecae eid aeaaeae aE eee stern ede eae ete ceeded 19 2 1 3 Update the Ethernet Settings 0 0 0 eeee re eeenne ee eeeneeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 25 2 2 Down
264. ser the Frame Application has menu bars toolbars and a navigation tree Visually the frame application surrounds the device vendor s DTM Like opening a web page from a favorites navigation tree a user can navigate down a tree that lists the field device tags click on one and open the device vendor s DTM inside the frame And like web pages that let users interact with a reservation system or a shopping service the Device DTMs let the user interact with the field device in a wide variety of ways The Device DTM vendor can create a graphically rich user interface that does virtually anything possible in an advanced Windows PC type interface The third part of the technology the Communication DTM provides a standardized communication Application Process Interface API inside the PC interfacing between the Device Vendor s DTM and the host system s specific driver that handles pass through communications from the PC down to the fieldbus interface card The host system vendor supplies a Communication DTM comDTM for each supported fieldbus protocol This ensures that the details of the PC network interface cards and pass through protocols of the host system are transparent to the device vendor s DTM This correlates back to the internet analogy where the web page is transparent to the PC it s running in the brand of the network interface card in the PC or whether communication is DSL or broadband cable FDT technology compl
265. side of the shipping carton used to return the device If the product is received within the warranty period ProSoft will repair or replace the defective product at our option and cost Page 232 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Warranty Procedure Upon return of the hardware product ProSoft will at its option repair or replace the product at no additional charge freight prepaid except as set forth below Repair parts and replacement product will be furnished on an exchange basis and will be either reconditioned or new All replaced product and parts become the property of ProSoft If ProSoft determines that the Product is not under warranty it will at the Customer s option repair the Product using then current ProSoft standard rates for parts and labor and return the product freight collect Limitation of Liability EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN PROSOFT MAKES NO WARRANT OF ANY KIND EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT TO ANY EQUIPMENT PARTS OR SERVICES PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NEITHER PROSOFT OR ITS DEALER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY SUCH
266. ss than the PA cycle and the device would not enter into the data exchange Behavior of segment coupler 2 To ensure reliable operation of the PROFIBUS the following bus parameters should be used Transfer rate 45 45 kBd 12 MBd Watchdog time TWD 5 s PROFIBUS DP Standard Note If there are a large number of PROFIBUS PA stations per channel of the SK2 segment coupler the watchdog time TWD should be verified The limit value is about 32 stations but depends on the volume of data to be transferred Determining the parameter TWD The watchdog time for the value above is a number based on experience in other words one that usually works If it turns out that the watchdog time is too long slaves are not switching into the secure state quickly enough or too short slaves are switching into the secure state without the master ever having failed this must be factored into the calculation Depending on the configuration tool you are using you can set parameters for only one watchdog time TWD for the entire PROFIBUS system In this case the greatest delay time must be used as the basis for determining TWD set parameters for a watchdog time TWD for each individual slave The time TWD that is set parameter must be greater than the longest delay time TV_max that will occur This is composed of a number of elements as follows TV_max TCycle_DP TCycle_PA_channel where TCycle_PA_channel the cycle time of the P
267. sum utility 1045 IW1045 45 PTQ Module PTQ PDPMV1 module configuration configuration checksum for module configuration checksum downloaded from configuration utility 1 Service port 3002 Used for DPV1 messages The transfer of these messages is necessary to insure the messages are delivered and received upon a switchover condition 7 2 9 Crossed Status Information The ping message communicates status information between the active and passive master and vice versa A part of this crossed status information CSI would be presented in the HSBY Remote status HSBY Nr of remote slaves registers located in the fieldbus specific area of the DPRAM These registers would be updated every time new status information is received from the counterpart Polling for new status information takes place every TA ms Normally the application would forward this information to a high level system for example application of the primary PLC which in turn would determine if a switchover should be carried out or not Page 150 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following illustration shows how CSI is communicated between the two masters and how it is displayed in the fieldbus specific area of the DPRAM Fieldbus specific area of passive master Fieldbus specific area of active master Applicaton Application ASBY Remote st
268. t ARRAY O 7 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusD ataT ransferStatus ARRAY O 7 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusSlaveDiagnosticStatus ARRAY O 7 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusMasterOperatingState 49152 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusldentNumber 61464 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusMasterS erialNumber ARRAY O 1 OF WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusS oftwareVersion 12290 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusMasterModuleStatus 260 WORD ModuleStatus_ProfibusCRC32 40477182 UDINT ModuleStatus_PTQModuleCRC32 enn 28551274 UDINT U 3 catio ncounter ModuleStatus_ModuleProfibusoutputimagedataupd ModuleStatus_ModuleProfibusinputimagedataupdat ModuleStatus_Moduleoutmailboxcounter ModuleStatus_Moduleinmailboxcounter ModuleStatus_ModulealarmlNDreceivecounter ModuleStatus_ModulealarmCONreceivecounter ModuleStatus_Reserved1 ModuleStatus_Reserved2 ModuleStatus_Modulebackplanereadcount ModuleStatus_Modulebackplanewritecount ModuleStatus_Modulebackplaneerrorcount ModuleStatus_FileE rrorword ModuleStatus_HSBYPassiveStatus ModuleStatus_HSBY Passivenumberofslaves baad Antet HIPAA ur VOSS AL AE A AE AE AE AE AE AE E AE AE A AE E AIE AE AAE E AE E AE AE AE E A gt To Test the Unity Interface The following steps show how to use the mailbox message GetLiveList Note Make sure the Unity program is connected and the processor is running Page 52 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PTQ PDPMV
269. t Standby with Unity equipment Note For additional information on Quantum Hot Standby support refer to the UnityPro Hot Standby User Guide 7 1 3 System Components The following illustration shows the components required for a Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system Page 138 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 1 Primary PLC 2 Standby PLC 3 Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity controller with integrated coprocessor 4 Fiber Optic Cable to connect to both controllers 5 Modicon Quantum power supply module Install power supply in first slot for better rack layout 6 Modicon Quantum RIO head 7 Coaxial cable with splitters 7A MA 0186 100 trunk terminators 7B 52 0422 000 and tap 7C MA 0185 100 for connecting the RIO heads 6 with the RIO drops 8 The dashed connections represent a redundant connection in the RIO network which is not required for the Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity system 8 Modicon Quantum RIO drop 9 Unity Pro computer connected to both controllers via Modbus or Modbus Plus 9A 10 PTQ PDPMV1 HSBY modules 11 PTQ PDPMV1 Ethernet redundancy communication cable 12 PROFIBUS network Each PTQ PDPMV1 placed at each network end Note The 140 CRP 932 00 RIO Head unit will be required and present on the backplane for Hot Standby System to work 7 1 4 Modicon Quantum Hot Standby w
270. t Words 13 21 and 29 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Slave 5 Slave 13 Byte 0 Slave7 Slave 6 Byte 1 Slave 14 Byte 2 Slave 23 Slave 22 Slave 21 Byte 3 Slave 30 Slave 29 Byte 4 Slave 37 Byte 15 Slave 127 Slave 126 Slave 125 Slave 4 Slave 12 Slave 20 Slave 28 Slave 36 Slave 3 Slave 2 Slave 1 Slave 0 Slave 11 Slave 10 Slave 18 Slave 17 Slave 16 Slave 25 Slave 19 Slave 26 Slave 27 Slave 34 Slave 32 Slave 35 Slave 122 Stave 127 121 Slave 120 Slave 123 Slave 124 Page 202 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Word Name Description Address Address Offset Example Example 1037 IW1037 37 PROFIBUS Master PROFIBUS Master operating state Operating State 0x0000 0ffline 0x4000 Stop 0x8000 Clear 0xC000 0 perate 1038 IW1038 38 PROFIBUS Ident PROFIBUS Master PNO Ident number Bytes will be Number swapped 1039 IW1039 39 PROFIBUS Master This is a unique 32 bit serial number for the PROFIBUS Serial Number Master 1040 IW1040 40 Reserved Reserved for future use 1041 IW1041 41 PROFIBUS Software This is the software version number for the PROFIBUS Version Master software Example for Version 1 40 High Byte 0x40 Low Byte 0x01 1042 IW1042 42 PROFIBUS Master Represents the PROFIBUS Master module s operating Module Status 1043 to I
271. tatus Profibus Slave Diagnostic Status 3X1037 Module Status Profibus Master Operating State 3X1038 Module Status Profibus Ident Number 3X1039 Module Status Profibus Master Serial Number 3X1041 Module Status Profibus Software Version 3X1042 Module Status Profibus Master Module Status 3X1043 Module Status Profibus CRC32 3X1045 Module Status PTQ Module CRC32 3X1047 Module Status Application program scan counter 3X1048 Module Status Module Profibus output image data update counter 3X1049 Module Status Module Profibus input image data update counter 3X1050 Module Status Module out mailbox counter 3X1051 Module Status Module in mailbox counter 3X1052 Module Status Module alarm IND receive counter 3X1053 Module Status Module alarm CON receive counter 3X1054 Module Status Reserved1 3X1055 Module Status Reserved2 Wor sore Ran dle Chand E a as ARR RP REP BERBER ON EEN OO OR EE ee u IV Expand Module Data M Show Slot Numbers iG C Outputs IV Expand Module Status IV Show ProfiBus Address Export Processor Files Print K Page 76 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 Browse to the folder C project DFB and click OK Save in DFB Filename PTO PDPMV 1_dty Save as type Concept Variable Files dy Cancel 5 All the files required f
272. te chassis If your application requires remote placement of the communication device you should investigate the other members of the ProSoft family such as the ProLinx gateway solutions 9 11 4 Can use the module in a hot backup system The PTQ PDPMV1 module supports the 140CPU67160 Hot Standby processor Refer to Hot Standby Support page 137 for setup and configuration instructions ProSoft Technology Inc Page 229 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Page 230 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Support Service amp Warranty ProSoft Technology Inc survives on its ability to provide meaningful support to its customers Should any questions or problems arise please feel free to contact us at Internet Web Site http Awww prosoft technology com support E mail address support prosoft technology com Phone 1 661 716 5100 1 661 716 5101 Fax Postal Mail ProSoft Technology Inc 1675 Chester Avenue Fourth Floor Bakersfield CA 93301 Before calling for support please prepare yourself for the call In order to provide the best and quickest support possible we will most likely ask for the following information 1 Product Version Number 2 System architecture 3 Module configuration and contents of configuration file if the module requires one 4 Module Operation o Co
273. ter Page 148 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Passive master operational prior to active As soon as the passive master is ready to communicate on the PROFIBUS network it would start sending ping messages to the active one As soon as the active master responds the COM bit is altered from zero to one Passive master Profibus network Active master DPRAM HSBY object FDL object FDL object HSBY object DPRAM Ready to rock Ping req P Ready to rock Ping req Indication Poll req COM bit 1 Poll res COM bit 1 Ping req Ping res l Pinj res l l l l l i 4 Ls Figure 3 Passive master is ready prior to Active master Passive Master Failure When the active master has not received any ping messages from the counterpart within TA it would clear the COM bit This scenario would also apply when the field bus link between the two masters is lost due to a cable break for example Passive master Profibus network Active master Ree ide ie eae lane ene l AM SBY object L object L object ISBY object PRA DPRAM HSBY ob FDL ob FDL obj HSBY DPRAM l I l i Ping req i l Ping res t l r l Master failure l PAo i i Poll res l i l i T A l l l l l l l l l l I Poll req l l Poll res l l COM bit 0 l l
274. ter Select the variable that was previously imported to the project Lookup Variables x Data Type Filter Kind Filter Name Elementary none ge C Structured I7 Constant fe V Unlocated Variable PTG_IN_STATUS v F7 Located Variable Rescan PTGPDPMY1_In_Stat AT 301000 PTG_IN_STATUS PTOPDPMY1 In Stat 1 Entrie s found The function block is now ready al TEST Be x FBIL1_1 1 SETCRC StatOut StatOut Statin PTOPDPMV1_Out_Statl gt gt PTOPDPMV41_Out_Stat gt PTQPDPM 1_In_Statl gt 6 Now you should repeat steps 5 through 7 for every mailbox function block to be used by the application This setup procedure considers only the SETOPMD Set Operating Mode function block for the next 3 steps 7 Select Objects FFB Selection Click at the DFB button and select the SETOPMD Function Block Click at the Close button to confirm Ei FFBs from Library IEC EFB Type DEB Type a AND_BOOL a LIGHTS AND_BYTE SETCRC AND_WORD NOT_BOOL NOT_BYTE NOT_WORD OR_BOOL x 0R BYTE x FFB sorted Library DFB Close Help on Type Help Page 88 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Concept PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 8 Insert the SETOPMD function block at the MAINPTQ section i TEST EGE ee ne FBI_1_1 1 SETCRC PTOPDPM V1_Out_Statl gt StatOut StatOut PTOPDPMV1_Out_Stat PTOPDPMV1_I
275. tered to allow for Hot Standby functionality Slave watchdog time WD_Factor1 amp 2 The watchdog time of the slaves would have to be increased to allow for the maximum time it takes for the HSBY system to perform a switchover Token rotation time TTR To allow for master master communication TTR would have to be increased by a factor 2 compared to a single master configuration Page 162 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Highest Station Address HSA HSA defines the highest address that a master can have to be included in the token ring For example a master with address 35 will not be included in the token ring if HSA is set to 34 It is recommended to keep HSA as low as possible since it affects the time it takes for a master to enter the token ring Master address TS The address of the passive master would be derived by subtract one 1 from bus parameter TS This Station For example if TS in the database equals 2 the passive master would use address 1 If TS in the database equals 0 it would use address 125 During switchover when the passive master becomes active the address would equal TS Please note that this is handled by the Master module internally the database downloaded to the two masters must be identical It is preferable to keep the address of the passive master as low as possible since it affects the time
276. the Show Unity Map button then click the Export Processor Files button This action exports the xfm file created only if the Mailbox parameter is set to Yes and xsy file The recommended location for these files is your My Documents folder Concept Users From the PROFIBUS Master Setup Screen click the Show Concept map button and then click Export Processor Files This action exports the DTY and related files The recommended location for these files is your My Documents folder 4 From PROFIBUS Master Setup click the Show Concept map button Then choose Export Processor Files to export the DTY TXT and other related files if the Mailbox parameter is set to Yes The recommended location is your My Documents Folder 5 Click OK to close the PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box 6 Inthe ProSoft Configuration Builder open the File menu and then choose Save As 7 Name the project file and click Save The recommended location for this file is your My Documents folder Note All PCB project files and module related files are automatically saved to C PCBExportfFiles A complete backup consists of the Project and Master Configuration files plus the GSD configuration files The default location for the GSD files is C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data ProSoft GSD Windows XP 2000 or C My Documents To move a project to a different PC copy the PPF XML and GSD files to the same directory structure on the new machine
277. tion There are three normal running states of operation in a general Hot Standby system PRIMARY The PLC is set as the Primary CPU and is controlling Input Output process as if it is stand alone STANDBY The PLC is set as the Standby CPU and is ready to take over as Primary at all times but the Primary CPU controls process and network Outputs are not applied OFFLINE The PLC is set to Offline mode and the CPU cannot act like a Primary or Standby CPU It may be in STOP or disconnected mode Here the PLC behaves as a normal non HSBY CPU NOT erties lara N Offline j ACTIVE N PASSIVE Primary Standby Figure 1 Hot standby states The equivalent states for the master module are Not connected Active and Passive bold text in the illustration above NOT CONNECTED The master module would be disconnected from the PROFIBUS network Page 144 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master ACTIVE The master module would act as a class 1 PROFIBUS DPV1 master managing I O data acyclic data alarms diagnostic and parameter data with its assigned slaves as if it were stand alone PASSIVE The master module would monitor the status of the active master and if it detects any problems it would inform the application about the situation Note that the passive master would not switch to active unless the
278. tion BIOCKS ccccccccccceeeeeeeees 78 gt Step 3 Setup the Concept Project 81 gt Step 4 Import the Variables 2 2 cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 83 gt Step 5 Create the Function Block Instances 000 86 gt Step 6 Download the Concept Project 0 eeeeees 92 gt Using the Concept Project seiesissreiesrrreerrnnrerrsnres 92 gt Using Mailbox Function BIOCKS seeen 95 gt Mailbox OVErVICW eee cent ceeneeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeenneeeeneas 100 ii HSBY Note Concept software does not support 140CPU67160 processor and therefore does not support the PTQ PDPMV1 HSBY functions Important Note Concept software does not report whether the PTQ module is present in the rack and therefore is not able to report the health status of the module when the module is online with the Quantum processor Please take this into account when monitoring the status of the PTQ module 4 1 Overview This section will guide you through the steps required to setup your Concept Project with the PTQ PDPMV1 module There are a total of 6 steps required as follows Step 1 Export the Files from PCB page 76 This step shows how to export the required files from PCB containing function blocks variables and data type definitions that will be used during this procedure ProSoft Technology Inc Page 73 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PR
279. tion Station Status 1 Status 2 Response data word 1 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 119 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Station Station Status 4 Status 3 Response data word 2 Ident Number Response data word 3 Response data word 4 Extended Diagnostic Data Response data word n Message Information Refer to Message Information page 134 Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the slave to read diagnostics from Type of request 00h Internal slave diagnostic request The diagnostic information stored in the master is returned Can only be requested for slaves configured by the master Note Not allowed when operating in Class 2 Only mode 01h External slave diagnostic request A diagnostic request is sent on the network to the specified slave Can be requested for all slaves on the network Error code 1 4 If Return Code equals 8030h Negative indication from lower layer status values according to the DP specification may be available in Error Code 1 Error Codes 2 to 4 are reserved Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 133 Return Code Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 133 Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here 0100h Address out of range 0200h Incorrect Type of request
280. tion block E Concept C PROJECTPTQPROJ MAINPTQ J File Edit view Objects D e otal 27 Fs e Acwrite D gt lt PTQ1_Out_Status gt PTQ1_Out_Mailbox gt PTQ1_In_Status gt PTQ1_In_Mailbox gt SlaveAcWriteln SlotAcwWriteln D gt IndexAcwWriteln D gt LengthAcwWriteln gt WriteD ata gt FBIS Project Online Options Window Help a x BB S Ras bai ACCWRITE Aciiitite AcWrite StatOut StatOut MailOut MailOut Statin ByteCnt Mailln SlvAdOut SlotOut IndexOut LngthOut ErDecode EnCode ExtF ault Faultinf E Aciirite P T01_O0ut_ Status HPT _Out_Mailbox H ByteCountAcWrite HE SlaveAcWriteOut S SlotAcWriteOut gt IndexAciirite Out H LengthAcWriteOut H Enbecode Erodes EF aute CF aultinfs NOT CONNECTED ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 101 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 12 3 Alarm Mailbox Function Block GETALARM Trigger Register Description The GETALARM mailbox is used to read the alarm mailbox messages sent by the module The module will automatically generate the alarm mailboxes after it receives the alarm message from the PROFIBUS slave Therefore no triggers are required for this mailbox The last alarm received is copied at the LastA arm output pin This is a data structure that contains all alarm information ALARMTYPE
281. tionality The two columns to the right indicate which services that are used by the active and passive master FDL service Description Active Passive master master Open Channel Establish a channel to the FDL layer X X SAP Activate Opens up a Service Access Point at the responder X X IND Resource Provide Makes a resource available for single SRD requests X IND Resource Repeat Makes a resource available for SRD repeat requests X Provide Reply Update Multiple Updates the SRD response data X FLC Repeat Exchange Reads out the latest SRD request data X SRD Sends an SRD request used for DPV1 status messages X SRD Repeat Sends an SRD request cyclically used for Ping messages X MAC Repeat Exchange Exchanges SRD request or SRD response data X MAC Reset Resets ASPC2 during switchover X FDL_Status repeat Sends an FDL_Status request cyclically Used for Slave X Status messages SAP number 10 would be used for the DSAP of the responder active master as well as for the SSAP of the initiator passive master The SRD request would be sent as a low priority FDL message ProSoft Technology Inc Page 161 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 7 3 2 Time for Switchover The overall switchover time for a Hot Standby system is dependent on several sequential events which are outlined in the timeline below The elapsed time between some events
282. to install and then click Open If the file already exists in the configuration file path see Tip above you will be prompted to overwrite the file 7 You will be prompted to associate the GSD configuration file with a bitmap image of the slave device Use the File Open dialog box to browse for the location of the image file to use ok Note This procedure does not automatically copy GSD configuration files from their original location to the GSD file path In order to load GSD files automatically the next time you start ProSoft Configuration Builder copy the files to the configuration file path in the Tip above The next step is to add the PROFIBUS Slaves to the network 2 3 2 Configure the PROFIBUS Slaves In this part of the procedure you will add and configure the PROFIBUS slaves In the following steps you will add and configure a ProLinx PROFIBUS Slave module The configuration information GSD file for this module is provided on the PTQ PDPMV1 Solutions CD ROM 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS click the plus sign to expand the PROFIBUS DP tree 2 Navigate to the folder containing the type of slave device to add and then click the plus sign to expand the folder 3 Drag the Slave icon into the Bus Configuration window The slave device appears in the Bus Configuration window as a network location to the Master 3 ProLins 4 In the tree view click the plus sign to expand the slave device y
283. two masters communicating on the network 5 Module configuration network The module requires Ethernet connectivity to operate properly The modules use UDP messaging between each other to backup data in status registers used by the processor logic files to determine switchover conditions in the event PROFIBUS FDL ping messages fail cut cable The PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Module is a powerful communication interface for Quantum platform processors Developed under license from Schneider Electric the module incorporates proprietary backplane technology that enables powerful data exchange with Quantum processors The PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Communication Module is designed according to IEC 61158 specifications and has been tested and certified according to PTO guidelines to guarantee proper interoperability on a PROFIBUS network Acyclic parameter data can be transferred with Class 1 or Class 2 DPV1 services allowing processors to easily communicate with slave devices supporting PROFIBUS DPVO0 V1 protocol Page 190 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 1 1 Features and Benefits The module is built on Siemens ASIC ASPC2 Step E with Infineon C165 Microprocessor The firmware is flash upgradable The PROFIBUS DPV1 module allows for slave messaging diagnostics and alarm handling and notification Adheres to the Unity HEC Hot Standby Functional Specifi
284. u have already created a path skip this procedure and go to step 5 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 213 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Create Communication Path Refresh list Select Deselect Close 3 Click the Configuration Tool button and then click Yes on the Configuration Tool dialog box to create a new path Configuration Tool xj 2 Do you really want to start the configuration tool Important informations in the FDT Container may be covered 4 Create a new path a PTQ users Click the Ethernet tab and then click the Add button Double click on the IP address and enter the IP address of the ProSoft Technology PROFIBUS master module IP address Add a descriptive Path Name b MVI users Click the Serial tab and then click the Add button Select the serial COM number used when configuring the MVI module Add a descriptive Path Name Transport Path Editor x Serial Ethernet PathId Comm Port Path Name 1 Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Delete Selected Path 0 OK Cancel Note PTQ users This is the IP address you selected when downloading configuration files using ProSoft Configuration Builder Page 214 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master MVI users This is the COM port selected when downloadin
285. u will be adding to the network 2 3 1 Install the GSD Files The GSD configuration files contain information on PROFIBUS slaves that you can configure as part of your PROFIBUS network In order for this configuration information to be available in ProSoft Configuration Builder you must install the GSD files Tip GSD configuration files for popular Schneider Electric and ProSoft Technology modules are included with the installation If you have other GSD files for your PROFIBUS slaves copy them into C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data ProSoft GSD Windows XP 2000 or C My Documents Windows 98 and ProSoft Configuration Builder will load them automatically Page 28 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master gt To install GSD files manually 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder tree view click to expand the PTQ PDPMV1 tree and then double click the PROFIBUS DP icon This action opens the PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box 2 Click the Configure PROFIBUS button This action opens the ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS application Click to expand the PROFIBUS DP tree Click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose Install new GS file This action opens a dialog box that allows you to browse for the location of the GSD configuration files to install 6 Choose the file
286. uantum Unity Platform Hot Standby Support PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Baud Rate TA ms TP ms TFA ms 12 Mbit s gt Ttr 50 ms Ts 1000 Tbits 55 lt Ttr 1 1 5 Mbit s gt Trr 186 ms Ts 300 Thits 205 2 500 kbit s gt Ttr 500 ms Ts 200 Thits 550 4 93 75 kbit s PA gt Ttr 2374 ms Ts 100 Thits 2611 9 45 45 kbit s PA gt Trr 14000 ms Tg 640 Tbits 15400 113 9 6 kbit s Ttr 23200 ms Ts 100 Thits 25520 83 Table 2 Calculated times for detecting a missing counterpart Ping Sequence This section shows the ping sequence and how the COM bit in register HSBY Remote status is affected under different scenarios The figures show the active and the passive master connected via the PROFIBUS network For each master the DPRAM that is application interface and the software objects that are responsible for the ping sequence is shown Start up Active master operational prior to passive As soon as the active master is ready to communicate on the PROFIBUS network it would start polling for ping messages from the passive one As soon as it receives the first ping request the COM bit is altered from zero to one Passive master Profibus network Active master FDL object HSBY object DPRAM l Ready to rock Poll req Poll res Ready to rock Indication Poll req COM bit 1 eae Poll res COM bit 1 x Ping res Figure 2 Active master is ready prior to Passive mas
287. uick Start Guide for the ProSoft Technology PROFIBUS comDTM Refer to the online help and documentation additional information on each DTM component you have installed and configured To open the comDTM the help file select the comDTM object and click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose Additional Functions then Online Help and then open the Guided Tour icon Use the navigation buttons in each help page to view the help topics E HTML Help ce amp P Hide Back Print Options 1O x Contents Index Search E Ag ProSoft Technology comDT E About ProSoft Technolo Q Guided Tour E Creation of a new FL E comDTM Dialogs Guided Tour More Jl Creation of a new FDT project a f Refer to the documentation and online help for your FDT frame program for specific FDT frame instructions Page 216 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 9 4 Cable Connections The PTQ PDPMV1 module has the following communication connections on the module One Ethernet port RJ45 connector One RS 232 Configuration Debug port DB9 connector 9 4 1 Ethernet Connection The PTQ PDPMV1 module has an RJ45 port located on the front of the module labeled Ethernet for use with the TCP IP network The module is connected to the Ethernet network using an Ethernet cable
288. ulating System Response Time cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 225 gt Using Multiple PTQ PDPMV1 Modules with Concept 228 gt Frequently Asked Questions ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeeees 229 Product Specifications The PTQ PDPMV1 module is a powerful communication interface for Quantum Unity platform processors Developed under license from Schneider Electric the module incorporates proprietary backplane technology that enables powerful data exchange with Quantum or Unity processors The PTQ PDPMV1 PROFIBUS DP DPV1 Master module supports complete Master specifications according to IEC 61158 Acyclic parameter data can be transferred with Class 1 or Class 2 DPV1 services allowing processors to easily communicate with slave devices supporting the PROFIBUS DPV0 V1 protocol The module now includes new features and functionalities supporting the Quantum 140CPU67160 Hot Standby processor in the Unity Pro XL programming environment The new HSBY Hot Standby features will be included with the current product offering part number PTQ PDPMV1 Most PTQ PDPMV1 modules firmware installed in the field can be flash upgraded following the below guidelines and restrictions ProSoft Technology Inc Page 189 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Reference PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The module will operate identical to the stand alone version with the following exceptions 1 Module Setup Once the module
289. uld be set to zero PLC HSBY Command Register The following illustration identifies the operating options provided by the Command Register The Command Register is used to define the operating parameters of a Hot Standby application The Command Register is SW60 The Command register defines the operation of the Hot Standby application That means both the Primary and Standby Therefore the Command Register is transferred to the Standby PLC each scan As a result any changes made to the Command Register on the Standby PLC will have no effect since the value transfer from the Primary side will overwrite it Disable LCD Keypad override 0 gt Enable LCD Keypad override 1 Sets Controller A to OFFLINE mode 0 Sets Controller Ato RUN mode 1 Sets Controller B to OFFLINE mode 0 Ly Sets Controller B to RUN mode 1 Forces Standby Offline if logic mismatch occurs ol Does not force Standby Offline if logic mismatch occurs 1 Allows executive upgrade only after application is stopped of Allows executive upgrade without stopping the application 1 i O no application transfer 1 application transfer requested 1 Does not swap Modbus port 1 address during switchover 0 Swaps Modbus port 1 address during switchover 0 Swaps Modbus port 2 address during switchover 1 Does not swap Modbus port 2 address during switchover D Swaps Modbus port 3 address during switchover 1 Does not swap Modbus po
290. ule To simplify the task of programming the processor when communicating with the PTQ PDPMV1 module ProSoft Technology has created a Unity Pro XL Functional Module type XFM Warning The Functional Module is intended for new installations of PTQ PDPMV1 If you have an existing installation the following procedure will overwrite your settings and may cause loss of functionality DO NOT overwrite a working application until you have thoroughly reviewed the following topics The Functional Module provides easy access to PROFIBUS slaves cyclic data and the PTQ module s input output status data Specific mailbox commands are provided to perform DPVO V1 acyclic functions such as Get Live List Get Slave Diagnostics and perform Freeze and Sync commands The Functional Module exchange file name matches the module name you defined in PCB with the extension XFM This file is created by PCB when you export the processor file from the Show Unity Map dialog box page 36 gt To import the Functional Module Use the project you created in Unity Pro XL and perform all of the following steps ProSoft Technology Inc Page 39 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 1 Open the View menu and then choose Functional View r S Titu aa late This action populates the Project Browser with a Functional Station icon as shown in the following illustr
291. ult values the layout of the I O blocks changes Page 22 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module The following diagram shows the layout of the I O blocks when Mailbox PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Messaging is set to Yes the default value and Get Slave Diagnostic Data is set to Yes Input Status Mailbox Slave Diagnostics Data Input Profibus Data Layout of I O blocks Output 301000 Status 301079 Mailbox 301223 Output Profibus Data 301601 The following diagram shows the layout of the I O blocks if you set Mailbox Messaging to No and Slave Diagnostics to Yes Input Status Slave Diagnostic Data Input Profibus Data Layout of I O blocks Output 301000 Status 301073 Output Profibus Data 301451 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 23 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Module PROFIBUS DP V1 Master The following diagram shows the layout of the I O blocks if you set Mailbox Messaging to No and Slave Diagnostics to No Layout of I O blocks Output 301000 403000 Status Status 301073 l 403006 Output input Profibus Profibus Data Data In ProSoft Configuration Builder the Show Concept Map and Show Unity Map commands show the layout of the entire input and output backplane blocks Refer to PTQ Input Data Block page 196 for detailed
292. up is not initiated to be Freeze Group 0250h Invalid Sync Group Group is not initiated to be Sync Group Page 118 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Fault Information Contents Extended Fault Information Contents 0350h Incorrect Control Command 0450h No Sync or Freeze groups enabled in master configuration FEOOh Command not possible in Class 2 only mode FFOOh Module not initialized 6 2 2 Mailbox Message Get Slave Diagnostics This command reads diagnostic data from a specified slave Note The response data size depends on the actual slave implementation Range 6 to 244 Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name GET SLAVE DIAGNOSTICS Command Number 0400h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Get Slave Diagnostics Message ID Message information Command Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Command Response 0 0400h Get Slave Diagnostics 0000h Size of data Type of Slave Type of request request Address Slave Address Error code 2 Return Code Fault Information Sta
293. upported on PTQ PDPMV 1 modules running firmware version 1 19 or newer Earlier versions of the firmware do not support this feature If you require this functionality please contact ProSoft Technical Services for information on how to upgrade your module Function Block COLDBOOT Trigger Byte ColdBoot Description The COLDBOOT function block allows you to remotely reboot the module To trigger a reboot the module change the value of the Coldboot bit from 0 zero to 1 one The bit is reset back to 0 when the function is executed ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Page 71 of 238 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL EA PTOPDPM 1_SAMPLE_Sample MAST a4 COLDBOOT IC oldboot Coldboot Statin IM ailOut gt PTQPDPMV1_SAMPLE_MAILVAR Coldboot Coldboot F PTQPDPM 1_SAMPLE_STATIN PFOPDPMV1_SAMPLE_MAILOUT MailOut PTQPDPMWV1_SAMPLE_MAILVAR Coldboot ColdbootCmd PTOQPDPMV1_SAMPLE_MAILOUT _PTGPDPMV1_SAMPLE_MAILVAR PTOPDPMV 1_ Alarms ALARM AcyclicRead ACYCLICREAD o Acyolicwrite ACYCLICWRIT GetContig GETSLAVECO H GetGiag GETSLAVEDIAG GetLiveList GETLIVELISTD SetSlaveAdd SETSLAVEADD SetSiMode SETSLAVEMODE StartStopSlaves STRTSTPSLAVE SetOperMode SETOPERATM Coldboot COLDBOOTTRIG ColdbootCmd BOOL gt IHSBY Note This function block will reset both the
294. urrentAddressOut MsgD ata9 gt NewAdOut NewAddressOut CurrentAddressin NoAddOut gt gt NoAddressOut NewAddressin9 gt RetCode gt RetCoded NoAddressin gt A Select NOT CONNECTED 4 12 8 SetOperatingMode Mailbox Function Block SETOPMD Trigger Register SetOper SetStop SetClear Description The following trigger values can be used to change the current operating mode of the module SetOper Set Operat SetStop Set Stop SetClear Set Clear EB Concept C PROJECTIPTQPROJ lof x File Edit View Objects Project Online Options Window Help k ebale 4 53 eee 7 _ FBIL1_2 2 SETOPMD SetOperate SetOper SetOper SetClear SetClear SetStop SetStop StatOut StatOut PTOQ1_Out_Status PTQ1_Out_Mailbox MailOut MailOut PTQ1_In_Mailbox Mailln Mode Mode PTQ1_In_Status Statin ConfReq1 ConfReq ConfReq Faultint F aultinfo Select NOT CONNECTED SetOperate ProSoft Technology Inc Page 105 of 238 May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Concept PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 12 9 SetSlaveMode Mailbox Function Block SETSLVMD Trigger Register SetMdSlv Description The SETSLVMD function block can be used to request the module to sync unsync freeze or unfreeze The slave address must be selected through the SlvAddiIn input pin If the operation is directed to a group of slaves then the Group number must be set t
295. utput pins ErrorCode ErrorDecode ExtendedFaultInfo and FaultInformation The following illustration shows a sample instance of the Acyclic Write mail box function k E 130 ACYCLWRITE PFOPDP V4 _MAILVAR Acyclicirite Dut Acyolicw eyclicwWrite AcyclicWrite P FOP DP MVA _MAILVAR Acyclictirite OutAcyclicitrite F lt PTOPDPMY1_STATOUT Stat0ut StatO ut P TOPDPMV1_STATOUT 4 gt PTOQPDPMYV1_MAILOUT IMailOut MailOuth PTOPDPM 1_MAILOUT PTOQPDPM V1_STATIN StatIN SlaveAddrest PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR Acyclictrite In SlaveAddress a 7 PTOPDPNMY1_MAILIN IMaillIN SlotNumb gt PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclictWrite In SlotNumber PTOPDPMY41_MAILVAR AcyclicWrite Dut SlaveA SlaveAddress LengthOuth PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclictWrite In Length PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclictWrite Out SlotNum SlotNumber ErrorbDecode PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR Acyclictrite In ErrorDecode PTQPDPMYV1_MAILVAR AcyclicwWrite Qut Length jLengthin ErrorCodef PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclictWrite In ErrorCode PTQPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicwWrite Out Inde Indexin ExtendedF aultinfof PTOP DP MV1 _MAILVAR AcyclicWrite In ExtF aultinfo 140 PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR AcyclicWrite Out WriteD ata riteData Faultinformation PTOPDPMYV1_MAILVAR AcyclictWrite In F aultinfo AG ihe owes eee Ty ce eb eres wets IndexOut gt P FOPDPMV4_MAILVAR AcyclictWrite In Index gt gt gt gt gt
296. way answers directly on the request with the data that are stored in the common data range Because of this behavior the PROFIBUS DP master does not need to wait for the PROFIBUS PA slave to respond The result of this is that the cycle time of the entire system is composed as follows Page 166 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Hot Standby Support PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master tCycle tCycle_PA channel tCycle_DP The time tCycle_PA channel can be estimated as follows tCycle_PA channel 10 ms n 10 5 ms 0 256 ms LE LA where n the number of PROFIBUS PA slaves LE total number of input bytes of all PROFIBUS PA slaves on the channel LA total number of all output bytes of all PROFIBUS PA slaves on the channel The time tCycle_DP can be estimated as follows tcycle_DP TBit m 500 11 TBit LE LA where n the number of PROFIBUS DP slaves LE total number of input bytes of all PROFIBUS slaves LA total number of output bytes of all PROFIBUS slaves TBit bit time 1 transfer rate For the time tCycle_DP a safety add on of 10 should be included in the calculation in accordance with the PROFIBUS User Organization The equation above applies given the following pre conditions The PROFIBUS DP is operated as a mono master system i e there is only one master on the PROFIBUS DP If you want to use a multi master system the token hold time and the correspon
297. we know that it can take up to 768 words of I O data the total requirement is 992 words The module will take a maximum of this IW value For convenience round the number up to 1000 as the amount of memory to assign A value of 5000 for MW and IW is a safe starting point It is not possible to determine if the memory values are correct before building the project If the build throws an error about memory addresses go back to ProSoft Configuration Builder and change the input and output properties for the module then re import the memory map and try again gt To view memory usage in the processor 1 Start Unity Pro XL 2 In the Project Browser expand the Configuration tree and then double click the Local Bus object 3 In the Local Bus window double click the processor This action opens a tabbed window with information about the processor Page 48 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL PROFIBUS DP V1 Master 4 Click the Configuration tab This tab provides an overview of the processor s memory configuration P266 CPU 1Mb Program PCMCIA Etheret TCP IP USB WB MB M Overview FA Summary T Configuration Mp abus Port FA Animation BB rat FA MO objects m Operating Mode On Cold Start r State RAM Z F Automatic start in Run Memusage lb S TENE Ox 4x M 255 Mw 5000 m Memory Cards 1x kM
298. ws PTOPDPMV1SETOPMODE 6 ee ee cet Ceca ne eh ee SE TOC ERMODE bar Onn A A E EA E pee PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out Operate SetOperate SetOperate PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out Operate PTQPDPMYV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out Clea ISetCle as SeetClear PTQPDPM V1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out Clear PTOPDPMV1_MAILWAR SetOperttode Out Stop s etStep Set Stop gt P TOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperttode Out Stop lt PTOPDPMV1_STATOUT StatO ut StatO ut PP TOPDPMV1_STATOUT gt PTQPDPMW1_MAILOUT IMailOut MailOut gt PTOPDPM 1_MAILOUT PTQPDPM 1_STATIN StatIN Mode gt PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode In Mode 5 E PTOQPDPMV1_MAILIN MaillN ConfRequired PTOPDPM 1_MAILVAR SetOperMode In ConfRequired PTOPDPMV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode Out ConfR ContirmRequired Faultinformation PTOQPDPMYV1_MAILVAR SetOperMode In F aultinfo You can add SETOPERMODE to the table with three trigger variables for the Set Operating Mode mailbox Start by moving a value of 1 to SelectStop in order to set the module s mode to STOP Page 62 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Processor with Unity Pro XL Table Force PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Name E Value Type ba a SETOPERATINGMODE Out SelectOperate SelectStop SelectClear ConfRequired in StartSlaves SETOPERATINGMODE SETOPERATINGMO
299. xtended word 8 Fault Information Slave Address Station address of the slave the issued the alarm Slot Number Used by the slave to indicate the source of the alarm Range 0 to 254 Seq Number Unique identification number of the alarm Range 0 to 31 Alarm Spec Ack Provides additional information about the alarm such as an error appears or disappears Also indicates whether the slave needs additional knowledge from the Master For example writing to a certain memory area with an Acyclic Write request Alarm Type Identifies the alarm type such as Process Alarm Plug Alarm and so on Range 1 to 6 32 to 126 Extended Diagnostic Flag FFh Slave sends an alarm message with Extended Diag flag set 00h Slave sends an alarm message with Extended Diag flag cleared Data 1 n Additional manufacturer specific alarm information Alarm PDU Fault Information If the Message Information word in the header of the message indicates Invalid Other addition information is available in this register 3E00h Module has received an invalid alarm indication data structure from a DPV 1 slave Slave Address contains the node address of the slave that issued the erroneous indication Refer to the PNO document Extensions to EN50170 DPV for more information on how to interpret these parameters Page 130 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Mailbox Messaging PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP
300. y Pro XL 3 To view the DFBs data types and variables associated with the Functional Module open the View menu and choose Structural View Notice that all function blocks have been defined using the ST type language Project Browser Ta Structural view EF station LD Configuration Tk 1 Local Bus EP Derived Data Types D Derived FB Types ik ACYCLWRIT aL Sections Implement Gk ACYCREAD ay Sections Implement ik GETALARMS Gk GETCFG ik GETDIAGNOSTICS ik GETLIVE ik SETADDRESS ik SETOPERMODE ik SETSLMODE it STARTSTOPSLAVES gt To import the Variables Import the PROFIBUS I O table contained in the xsy file user created when exported the memory map from ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB in Back Up the Project This file contains all the cyclic input and output variables configured by the PCB master configuration software This file also includes Module status data and may also include slave diagnostics data and mailbox data if these parameters were chosen 1 In the Project Browser select Variables amp FB Instances and click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose Import 2 Inthe Files of Type dropdown list choose Data Exchange File XSY Select the xsy file created in the Back Up the Project and then click Import 3 In the Import Trouble Report window click Replace All then click OK Import Trouble Report Ty
301. y and Standby Controllers eeeeseeeeeeeeeressrreserrsstrrsstterresttnnssttnnssttnrsstennnnt 138 TAa System Components r trar aaa eet eterna hana ARNA SAR ARRES 138 7 1 4 Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity and IEC Logic 00 0 eect eeeeeeeeeeee 139 7 1 5 Understanding System Scan Time in Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity SYVSUSIMS 5 otis ce E tcesenedecuneca eteGined secusace T E E E meanest 139 7 2 Setting Up the Modicon Quantum Hot Standby with Unity System 08 142 Reeds MOVOIVIOW aa ar a ATEA AAEE T A seiaernand tees 142 7 2 2 Mapping the Backplane Extensions cccccccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeesececaeeeeeeesetensinaeeess 143 7 2 3 PTQ PDPMV1 Hot Standby Considerations ceececeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenneeeeeeeneeeeneaas 143 24 Hot otandby States a e rE E EOE are Goma ag 144 7 2 5 Transition Description 22 0 0 cc cece ceececececeeeeeeeceaeeceeeeeeeseceaaaeceeeeeeesecsanaeeeeeeeeeesensnnaeeeeees 145 7 2 6 HSBY State vs Master Operation Mode ccccccceceeceecececeeesecenaeeeeeeeeeesesseneeeeees 146 heel PING MOSSO JO siete 2s cca T eaetauast eteaa ENO crete ahaa 146 Tag PTSL MESSAGE nee ara r EAE perches AAA 150 7 2 9 Crossed Status Information s sieri n EEE E EEATT EE ATE 150 7 2 10 Conditions for Switchovet assrersiierdrriniini iniii niei rdan ieii eiai i E Ea 151 7 3 PTQ PDPMV1 Operation s sssnnsunneunneunnenunnnunnnunnnunnnunnnnnnunnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennnen nnmnnn 152 7 3 1 P
302. you will create a backup copy of your project and configuration files The backup procedure saves your data for reuse on another machine or allows you to restore your data in the event of a system failure gt To save your project and configuration files 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder tree view click to expand the PTQ PDPMV1 tree and then double click the PROFIBUS DP icon This action opens the PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box In the PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box click the Export Master Config button This action saves the PROFIBUS network configuration for your module in an XML file The recommended location for this file is your My Documents folder Page 36 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Configuring the Module PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Tip You can use the XML file created by ProSoft Configuration Builder in this step to simplify the task of configuring additional PROFIBUS network modules Because its saves the entire network configuration you can add modules quickly by modifying only the items that are unique for each device typically the slot number and I O addresses To use this saved configuration open Windows Explorer navigate to the folder where you saved the Master Configuration XML file and then drag the file onto the new PROFIBUS DP icon in the ProSoft Configuration Builder tree view 3 Unity Pro XL Users From the PROFIBUS Master Setup Screen click
303. yte HSBY Passive number of slaves Message length from UDP HSBY Server 1064 to 1165 IW1064 to 64 to 65 HSBY Standby PROFIBUS CRC32 from UDP HSBY Server IW1165 1066 to 1167 IW1066 to 66 to 67 HSBY Standby User Cfg CRC32 from UDP HSBY Server IW1167 1068 to 1172 IW1068 to 68 to 72 Reserved IW1172 1173 IW1173 73 Number of Messages in the In Mailbox Queue 1174 IW1174 74 Number of Messages in the Out Mailbox Queue Page 196 of 238 ProSoft Technology Inc May 30 2007 Reference PTQ PDPMV1 Quantum Unity Platform PROFIBUS DP V1 Master Quantum Unity Address Relative Word Description Address Example Offset Example 1175 IW1175 75 Number of Messages in the Alarm Queue 1176 IW1176 76 Last Out Mailbox Message ID processed from Output Image 1177 IW1177 71 Current In Mailbox Control Index 1178 IW1178 78 Current Alarm Control Index 1179 to 1222 W1179 to 79 to 222 Incoming Mailbox Message data 144 word Incoming IW1222 Message block 1223 to N W 1223 to 223 to N PROFIBUS Input Data Data received from the PROFIBUS IWN Slaves devices on the network Total size of the PROFIBUS Input data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Maximum size is 1536 bytes 728 words N is a function of the user selected size of the PROFIBUS Input data block Input Output PTQ PDPMV1 Image with Mailbox messaging and slave Diagnostics table Mailbox Messaging Y Slave Di

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

野 〟〝rーg〝量~! (取扱説明書) コンパク トス トローフー  Samsung HT-X810 Uporabniški priročnik  MySQL++ v3.0.9 User Manual  operating instructions and owner`s manual  Fresadoras universales - Burgos Representacions  Notice d'utilisation Instructions Gebrauchsanweisung  Vampir 7 User Manual  User`s Manual  Samsung HT-C350 Brugervejledning  The Art of Storage RS5103 Instructions / Assembly  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file